French/Lessons/Print version

< French < Lessons

Introductory

Lesson 0.01 - Introduction

French (Français, /fʁɑ̃sɛ/) is a Romance language spoken as a first language by around 136 million people worldwide. A total of 500 million speak it as either a first, second, or foreign language. Moreover, some 200 million people learn French as a foreign language. French speaking communities are present in 56 countries and territories. Most native speakers of the language live in France, the rest live essentially in Canada, particularly the province of Quebec, with minorities in the Atlantic provinces, Ontario, and Western Canada, as well as Belgium, Switzerland, Monaco, Luxembourg, and the U.S. states of Louisiana and Maine. Most second-language speakers of French live in Francophone Africa, arguably exceeding the number of native speakers.

French is a descendant of the Latin language of the Roman Empire, as are national languages such as Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Romanian and Catalan, and minority languages ranging from Occitan to Neapolitan and many more. Its closest relatives however are the other langues d'oïl and French-based creole languages. Its development was also influenced by the native Celtic languages of Roman Gaul and by the (Germanic) Frankish language of the post-Roman Frankish invaders.

It is an official language in 29 countries, plus the Vatican City, which form what is called, in French, La Francophonie, the community of French-speaking countries. It is an official language of all United Nations agencies and a large number of international organizations. According to the European Union, 129 million (or 26% of the Union's total population), in 27 member states speak French, of which 65 million are native speakers and 69 million claim to speak French either as a second language or as a foreign language, making it the third most spoken second language in the Union, after English and German. Twenty-percent of non-Francophone Europeans know how to speak French, totaling roughly 145.6 million people.

In addition, from the 17th century to the mid 20th century, French served as the pre-eminent international language of diplomacy and international affairs as well as a lingua franca among the educated classes of Europe. The dominant position of French language has only been overshadowed recently by English, since the emergence of the USA as a major power.

As a result of extensive colonial ambitions of France and Belgium, between the 17th and 20th centuries, French was introduced to America, Africa, Polynesia, South-East Asia, and the Caribbean.

History

During the Roman occupation of Gaul, the Latin language was imposed on the natives. This Latin language (Classic Latin) eventually devolved into what is known as Vulgar Latin, which was still very similar to Latin. Over the centuries, due to Celtic and Germanic influences (particularly the Franks), la langue d'oïl was developed. A dialect of la langue d'oïl known as le francien was the language of the court, and thus became the official language of what was to become the Kingdom of France, and later the Nation-State of France.

From medieval times until the 19th century, French was the dominant language of diplomacy, culture, administration, trade and royal courts across Europe. Due to these factors, French was the lingua franca of this time period.

French has influenced many languages world wide, including English. It is through French (or more precisely Norman, a dialect of la langue d'oïl) that English gets about one third of its vocabulary.

Extent of the language

French is spoken all around the world.

In modern times, French is still a significant diplomatic language: it is an official language of the United Nations, the Olympic Games, and the European Union. It is also the official language of 29 countries and the Vatican City. Spoken in France, Belgium, Switzerland, Luxemburg, Lebanon, Tunisia, Morocco, Senegal, Haiti, the Ivory Coast, Madagascar, the Congo, Algeria, Niger, Mali, Burkina Faso, Togo, Gabon, the Seychelles, Burundi, Chad, Rwanda, Djibouti, Cameroon, Mauritius, and Canada (mostly in the province of Québec where it is the primary language, but it is also used in other parts of the country). All consumer product packages in Canada are required by law to have both English and French labels.

Advice on studying French

French tends to have a reputation among English speakers as hard to learn. While it is true that it poses certain difficulties to native English-speakers, it may be noted that English is also considered 'difficult' to learn, and yet we learned it without the benefit of already knowing a language. In fact, the French language can be learned in only 10 months, if only for the specific purpose of passing a standardized test, such as the Test d'Evaluation de Français. According to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages, in order to reach the level of 'Independent User' (after completing Level B2), you must complete 400 hours of effective learning (so if you study 4 hours a week, every single week of the year, you would need two years to achieve it). Any way you look at it, learning any new language requires a long-term commitment. Remember, that like any skill, it requires a certain amount of effort. And it is likely that if you do not practice your French regularly, you will begin to forget it. Try to make French practice a part of your routine; even if it's not daily, at least make it regular.

Also remember that you are learning a new skill. Try to master the easier concepts before moving on to the more complex. We all have to add and subtract before we can do calculus. French is a complete language; thus, while this book can teach you to read and write in French, these are only half of the skills that make up fluency. A written document cannot teach much about listening to and speaking French. You must train on all of these skills, and they will then reinforce one another.

The very best way to learn French is to visit France or another French-speaking country. This allows you to start with a clean slate, as babies do. However, since most of us are unwilling or unable to take that step, the next best option is immersion. If you are serious about learning French, a period of immersion (during which you live in a Francophone culture) is a good idea once you have some basic familiarity with the language. If you can't travel to a French-speaking country, then try listening to French-language programs on the radio, TV, or the Internet. Rent or buy French-language movies (many American and U.K. movies have a French language option). Pay attention to pronunciation. Grab a French speaker you meet and talk to him or her in French. Listen, speak, and practice. Read French newspapers and magazines. Google's news page, which links to French-language news stories, is an excellent source that will enrich your vocabulary.

Written versus modern spoken French

While the French written language is highly standardized, and hasn’t changed much in over two hundred years, the same cannot be said of the spoken language. This book, like all French training material, is oriented towards the written language. The speaking examples are straight from the standardized written language. If you were to become an expert in this French, you would probably be completely confused when you arrive in a French speaking country. Unlike the written language, the spoken language is very dynamic. The French people would not readily understand you, and you would not understand them. You can picture in your mind, a person learning English from a two hundred year old book, and coming to your town and saying "Hast thou" or "Wherefore art thou."

The reason written French is stressed in learning (Schools and Internet courses), is that you can go from this standardized language to modern spoken French much easier than English to spoken French, and then going backwards to learning written French.

A simple example is: Je ne comprends pas (I don't understand). For a business person (not wanting to sound too plebeian) this would be spoken as: Jeun comprends pas, with the Je ne joined together. But most people on the street simplify this even further. The ne is deemed redundant and falls by the wayside, and the hard Je sound is reduced to a sh sound: shcomprends pas. Another example might be Il ne fait pas … (he/it doesn’t…) resulting in y fay pa … (ee-fay-pah), or Il n'y a pas … becoming yapa … (yah-pah…).

French is a language that is read, spoken, and sung. Each has different rules. Lyric and Poetry have pronunciation rules that are different than the written, and spoken French has no rules in comparison. Learning written French is only step one, and modern spoken French is your step two. This book is for learning written French.

What should I learn first?

Many courses of language study assume you are going there for vacation, and so begin their lessons with common survival phrases that people use. There is some of that in this book, but consider that "verbs" are what makes a language. There are six verbs in French that, when memorized, will give you a head start when moving on to learning sentences.

The distinction between a phrase and a sentence, is that a phrase does not have a subject or verb. This is why they are easy to learn, and a main part of vacation type books. You can't go wrong with a phrase. Unlike a phrase, a sentence is a grammatical unit. You will need nouns, pronouns, adjectives (words that modify nouns), adverbs (words that modify verbs and adjectives), etc. A sentence includes a subject (what/whom the sentence is about), and a predicate (words that tell us about the subject). There are also different types of sentences: declarative (statements), interrogative (questions), exclamative (exclamations), and commandative (commands). The structure of sentences, and not just phrases, must be studied and practiced in order to learn a new language.

Most important, at beginning levels, is to get your French face on. This means pronunciation is critical. You do not want to have to unlearn anything when you get to the next level. The textual pronunciation examples here are based on the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA), and should be used to prepare your mind. The IPA symbols are designed by scientists, and are no match to listening to French people within their own environment. It is important to actually listen to a real French speaker at this stage. Use the example voices contained in the book, but also watch French media on the Internet. You should be cautioned about French songs. It is acceptable for artists to twist a word for style and for rhyme, and they love to embellish endings. You will also find that mutes are pronounced in lyric and poetry. It is often the case that a singer or poem recitation will say "ewnuh" for une and "veeuh" for vie. You may also note, to prevent boredom, a lyric may be "veeuh" on one verse, and "vee" on the next. Examples, as to why songs and poetry are added experiences in learning and enjoying the French language.

The beginning verbs are:

Être /ɛtʀ/ (ehtr) To Be Je suis /ʒə sɥi/ (zhuh sewee) I am
Avoir /a.vwaʀ/ (ah-vwahr) To Have J'ai /ʒe/ (zheh) I Have
Savoir /sa.vwaʀ/ (sah-vwahr) To Know Je sais /ʒə sɛ/ (zhuh seh) I Know
Devoir /də.vwaʀ/ (duh-vwahr) Ought To, Must Je dois /ʒə dwa/ (zhuh dwah) I Must
Pouvoir /pu.vwaʀ/ (poo-vwahr) Able To, Can Je peux /ʒə pø/ (zhuh puh) I Can
Vouloir /vu.lwaʀ/ (voo-lwahr) Want To Je veux /ʒə vø/ (zhuh vuh) I Want

Just as in English, you will use these as a base to create the fourteen (14) French tenses. Present, Future, Conditional, etc. Don't worry about tenses for this exercise. They are complications that will take months and years to master. Generally, only ten (10) tenses are used except for advanced levels of French.

The above verbs must be mastered to even begin. You might think the list is too short, so feel free to add verbs into your flash-card rotation.

The next verb examples, that are important to any language, are the movement type verbs. While you can "have, know, can, etc" you also need to "go, come, or stay" in many conversations. These verbs are considered basic building blocks.

Aller (/ale/ (ah-lay) To Go Je vais /ʒə vɛ/ (zhuh veh) I Go
Venir (/və.niʀ/ (vuh-neer) To Come Je viens /ʒə vjɛ̃/ (zhuh vyuhah(n)) I Come
Sortir (/sɔʀ.tiʀ/ (sohr-teer) To Leave, Go Out Je sors /ʒə sɔʀ/ (zhuh sohr) I Go Out, I Leave
Partir (/paʀ.tiʀ/ (pahr-teer) To Depart Je pars /ʒə paʀ/ (zhuh pahr) I Depart
Rester (/ʀɛs.te/ (reh-stay) To Remain, Stay Je reste (/ʒə ʀɛst/ (zhuh rehst) I Remain, I Stay

Again, feel free to add others to your flash-card rotation.

That brings us to the "Big Seven" French question words. These, like the above will quickly become complicated as well. The following is obviously simplified, but your understanding at this level, will quickly get you to the next level.

/u/ (oo) Where est le taxi ? Where's the taxi?
Que/Qu' /kə/ (kuh) What Quel (quels, quelle, quelles) est le problème ?, What's the problem?
Qui /ki/ (kee) Who Qui a pris mon stylo ? Who took my pen?
Pourquoi /puʀ.kwa/ (poor-kwah) Why Pourquoi êtes-vous ici ? Why are you here?
Quand /kɑ̃/ (kah(n)) When Quand je suis content, je souris. When I'm happy, I smile.
Comment /kɔ.mɑ̃/ (koh-mah(n)) How Comment allons-nous trouver des informations ? How will we find informations?
Combien /kɔ̃bjɛ̃/ (kohm-byuha(n)) How Much, How Many Combien ça coûte ?", "Combien font six et trois ? How much does it cost ? How much is six plus three?

Finally, one word that is very often needed:

ex: "Parce que vous êtes trop vieux pour ça !" (Because you are too old for this!)

Making flash-cards of all the above French words, memorizing them (forward to English/backward to French), will give you a head start in all French Language courses.

Impediment of learning by tricks

There are many methods for students to learn new subjects, and the first method is to use what are known as "tricks," designed to make it easier (so it would seem). These tricks, in most cases, merely prevent the brain from storing the information for direct lookup. One example is the French word chat. We can form a rule, whereby anytime you see a ch in French, you will substitute a c and voilà - there you go. Others, such as changing -ment to -ly or -ant to -ing are a similar waste of time.

A good example of the damage that can be done by these "tricks", is in learning Morse Code. Many teachers will begin by showing the dit's and dah's visually, and then make the sound using the key following each symbol. So that dah-di-da-dit "-.-." will be stored in the brain as a c, and somehow (magically) retrieved for use later.

Alas, this technique only works up to a certain speed, and then the students brain is so damaged, they have no hope of using the code any faster than 10 Words Per Minute. It was found (in the 1850's), that if you just associate the whole sound with a letter, and ignore the combinations of dit's and dah's, that new students listening to 20 Words Per Minute for several weeks, were able to go to work immediately. A famous Scottish-American named Andrew Carnegie went from a message boy to head telegraph operator by learning to associate sounds with whole words, and not just writing down each character, as the method used by his peers.

The advice offered in this book, is to avoid these tricks, and to associate word and sentence sounds with their meaning. Listen to the new word or sentence, and store the meaning in your brain. Do not try to translate one language into your native language before responding. When someone hands you a stick of /di.na.mit/ (dee-nah-meet) you should quickly drop it and run, and not stop to translate it into dynamite first. Simply associate the word or sentence, but do not translate it.

When you go shopping, and hear customers saying in English "How much is that?" then you form an association of that sentence to the person wanting to know a price. Similarly, if you hear people in the market asking "Combien ça coûte?" you don't have to translate the sentence, you associate it with people wanting to know a price (or more often wanting to know a lower price while smiling seductively at the assistant). After associating ten things about the word "Combien" the brain will simplify matters for you, much like it pulls the steering wheel with your arm, after the eyes see a pot-hole ahead. Forever more, "Combien" will be associated with a quantity "How much", or "How many" just as pot-holes are associated with "avoid."

Lesson 0.02 - The Alphabet

French is based on the Latin alphabet (also called the Roman alphabet), and there are twenty-six (26) letters. Originally there were twenty-five (25) letters, with 'W' being added by the mid-nineteenth century. Unlike the English, who call it a "double-u," the French use "double-v" and pronounce it (doo-bluh-vay) after the 'V' which is pronounced (vay). During the period from Old French to Modern French, the letter 'K' was added. These two letters are used mostly with adopted foreign words. The French alphabet used today is less than 200 years old.

The twenty-six letters are parted into :

In addition, French uses several accents: grave accents (à, è, and ù) and acute accents (é). A circumflex applies to all vowels, except Y (considered as a vowel): â, ê, î, ô, û. A tréma (French for dieresis) is also applied: ë, ï, ü, ÿ. Two combined letters (called orthographic ligatures) are used: æ and œ. Finally, a cedilla is used on the c to make it sound like an English s: ç.

Letters and examples

Letter Name in French Pronunciation
Aa  /a/ (ah) like a in father
Bb  /be/ (bay) like b in maybe
Cc  /se/ (say) before e and i: like c in center
before a, o, or u: like c in cat
Dd  /de/ (day) like d in dog
Ee  /ə/ (uh) approximately like u in burp
Ff  /ɛf/ (ehf) like f in fog
Gg  /ʒe/ (zhay) before e and i: like s in measure
before a, o, or u: like g in get
Hh  /aʃ/ (ahsh) See Supplementary Notes below: never pronounced
Ii  /i/ (ee) like ea in team
Jj  /ʒi/ (zhee) like s in measure
Kk  /ka/ (kah) like k in kite
Ll  /ɛl/ (ehl) like l in lemon
Mm  /ɛm/ (ehm) like m in minute
Nn  /ɛn/ (ehn) like n in note
Oo  /o/ (oh) closed: approximately like u in nut
open: like o in nose
Pp  /pe/ (pay) like p in pen
Qq  /ky/ (kew) like k in kite
Rr  /ɛʁ/ (ehr) force air through the back of your throat near the position of gargling, but sounding soft
Ss  /ɛs/ (ehs) like s in sister at beginning of word or with two s's or like z in amazing if only one s
Tt  /te/ (tay) like t in top
Uu  /y/ (ew) say the English letter e, but make your lips say oo
Vv  /ve/ (vay) like v in violin
Ww  /dubləve/ (doo-bluh-vay) depending on the derivation of the word, like v as in violin, or w in water
Xx  /iks/ (eeks) either /ks/ in socks, or /gz/ in exit
Yy  /igʁɛk/ (ee-grehk) like ea in leak
Zz  /zɛd/ (zehd) like z in zebra

Supplementary orthography · Notes

Final consonants

In French, certain consonants are silent when they are the final letter of a word. The letters p (as in coup (blow, shock)  /ku/ (koo)), s (as in héros (hero)  /e.ʁɔ/ (ay-roh)), t (as in chat (cat)  /ʃa/ (shah)), d (as in marchand (shopkeeper)  /maʁ.ʃɑ̃/ (mahr-shah(n))), and x (as in paresseux (lazy, sloth)  /pa.ʁɛ.sø/ (pah-reh-sew)), are generally not pronounced at the end of a word. They are pronounced if there is an e letter after it (coupe (bowl, goblet)  /kup/ (koop), chatte (she-cat)  /ʃat/ (shaht), marchande (female shopkeeper) /maʁ.ʃɑ̃d/ (mahr-shah(n)d)).

Dental consonants

The letters d, l, n,s, t, and z are pronounced with the tip of the tongue against the upper teeth and the middle of the tongue against the roof of the mouth. In English, one would pronounce these letters with the tip of the tongue at the roof of one's mouth. It is very difficult to pronounce a word like voudrais /vud.ʁɛ/ properly with the d formed in the English manner.

b and p

Unlike English, when you pronounce the letters b and p in French, little to no air should come out of your mouth. In terms of phonetics, the difference in the French b and p and their English counterparts is one of aspiration. Fortunately, in English both aspirated and unaspirated variants (allophones) exist, but only in specific environments. If you're a native speaker, say the word pit and then the word spit out loud. Did you notice the extra puff of air in the first word that doesn't come with the second? The p in 'pit' is aspirated ([pʰ]); the p in 'spit' is not (like the p in any position in French).

q

The letter 'q' is always followed by a 'u'. There are only two exceptions, 'cinq' (five) and 'coq' (rooster).

r

A final 'r' after 'e' is generally mute, but it is pronounced on words of one syllable 'fer' (iron), 'mer' (sea) and 'hier' (yesterday).

Aspirated and non-aspirated h

In French, the letter h can be aspirated (h aspiré), or not aspirated (h non aspiré), depending on which language the word was borrowed from. The h is never pronounced, whether it is aspirated or not aspirated.

For example, the word héros  /e.ʁɔ/ has an aspirated h. When a definite article (le, la, l', les) is placed before it, the result is le héros, and both words must be pronounced separately. However, the feminine form of héros, héroïne  /eʁɔin/ is a non-aspirated h. Therefore, when you put a definite article in front of it, it becomes l'héroïne, and is pronounced as one word.

The only way to tell if the h at the beginning of a word is aspirated is to look it up in the dictionary. Some dictionaries will place an asterisk (*) in front of the entry word in the French-English H section if the h is aspirated. Other dictionaries will include it in the pronunciation guide after the key word by placing an apostrophe ( ' ) before the pronunciation. In short, the words must be memorized.

Here is a table of some basic h words that are aspirated and not aspirated:

aspirated non-aspirated
héros, hero (le héros) héroïne, heroine (l'héroïne)
haïr, to hate (je hais) habiter, to live (j'habite)
huit, eight (le huit novembre) harmonie, harmony (l'harmonie)

Supplementary orthography · Punctuation · La ponctuation

&esperluette, et commercial ,virgule {   }accolades ~tilde
' apostrophe=égal % pourcent@arobase, a commercial, arobe
* astérisque $ dollar.point
« » guillemets!point d'exclamation+plus
\ barre oblique inverse>supérieur à#dièse
[   ]crochets<inférieur à?point d'interrogation
:deux points-moins, tiret, trait d'union_soulignement
;point virgule(   )parenthèses/barre oblique
The punctuation symbols in French operates very similarly to English with the same meaning. The only punctuation symbol not present in French would be the quotation marks; these are replaced by the guillemets shown in the table above. For speech in fiction, no quotation marks are used. The two stroke punctuation marks (such as ;, :, ?, !) may require a non-breaking space before or after the mark in question.

Supplementary orthography · Diacritics

Five different kinds of accent marks are used in written French. In many cases, an accent changes the sound of the letter to which it is added. In others, the accent has no effect on pronunciation. Accents in French never indicate stress (which always falls on the last syllable). Accentuated letters are usually never followed by a double consonant (except châssis for instance); moreover on e accent becomes useless because a following double consonant changes its pronunciation (e.g.: jeter ([ə],throw) but je jette (pronounced è, I throw). The following table lists every French accent mark and the letters with which it can be combined:

Accent Letters used Examples
acute accent (accent aigu) é éléphant  /e.le.fɑ̃/
grave accent (accent grave) è, à, ù fièvre  /fjɛvʁ/, là  /la/, où  /u/
circumflex (accent circonflexe) â, ê, î, ô, û gâteau  /ɡa.tɔ/, être  /ɛtʁ/, île  /il/, chômage /ʃɔ.maʒ/, dû /dy/
diaeresis (tréma) ë, ï, ü, ÿ Noël /nɔ.ɛl/, maïs  /ma.is/, aigüe /e.ɡy/
cedilla (cédille) ç français  /fʁɑ̃.sɛ/

Note that the letter ÿ is only used in very rare words, mostly old town names like L'Haÿ-Les-Roses, a Paris surburb or Aÿ in Champagne region. This letter is pronounced like ï.

Note also that as of the spelling reform of 1990, the diaresis indicating gu is not a digraph on words finishing in guë and is now placed on the u in standard (académie française) French: aigüe and not aiguë; cigüe and not ciguë; ambigüe and not ambiguë. Since this reform is relatively recent and mostly unknown to laypeople, the two spellings can be used interchangeably.

Acute accent · Accent aigu

The acute accent is the most common accent used in written French. It is only used with the letter e and is always pronounced /e/ (ay).

One use of the accent aigu is to form the past participle of regular -er verbs.

Infinitive Past participle
aimer (to love) aimé (loved)
regarder (to watch) regardé (watched)

Grave accent · Accent grave

à and ù

In the case of the letters à and ù, the grave accent is used to graphically distinguish one word from another.

Without accent grave With accent grave
a (3rd pers. sing of avoir, to have) à (preposition, to, at, etc.)
la (definite article for feminine nouns) (there)
ou (conjunction, or) (where)

è

Unlike à and ù, è is not used to distinguish words from one another. The è is used for pronunciation. In careful speech, an unaccented e is pronounced like an a on the end of a word in English /ə/, as in "Angela", and in rapid speech is sometimes not pronounced at all. The è is pronounced like the letter e in pet.

Circumflex accent · Accent circonflexe

This accent is often called a 'hat' in language and mathematics, and usually indicates the disappearance of the old-French s after the vowel wearing it (the hat) but this s can still be found in a noun or a verb of the same lexical family. Examples are: hospital --> hôpital but hospitalité, maistre --> maître, gâteau from old french gastel, ê is pronounced like è: Fenestre --> fenêtre but défenestrer, forest --> forêt but forestier.

Circumflex accent may be used to have closed-o (la Drôme (French department), un dôme... ô is pronounced [o] like in château, without this accent it would be said like the english word hot ; whereas this pronunciation is not really applied in the south of France.)

In the past participle of devoir (must), a circumflex accent is written to distinguish it from the article du.

According to the spelling reform of 1990 some circumflex accents are no longer compulsory (maître --> maitre, boîte --> boite...)

Cedilla · Cédille

The cedilla is used only with the letter c, and is said to make the c soft, making it equivalent to the English and French s.

garçon

Supplementary exercises

ExercisePronouncing b and p
  1. Get a loose piece of printer paper or notebook paper.
  2. Hold the piece of paper about one inch (or a couple of centimeters) in front of your face.
  3. Say the words baby, and puppy like you normally would in English. Notice how the paper moved when you said the 'b' and the 'p' respectively.
  4. Now, without making the piece of paper move, say the words belle (the feminine form of beautiful in French, pronounced like the English 'bell.'), and papa (the French equivalent of "Dad").
  • If the paper moved, your pronunciation is slightly off. Concentrate, and try it again.
  • If the paper didn't move, congratulations! You pronounced the words correctly!
ExerciseFinding h words
  1. Grab a French-English dictionary and find at least ten aspirated h words, and ten non-aspirated h words
  2. On a piece of paper, write down the words you find in two columns
  3. Look at it every day and memorize the columns

Lesson 0.03 - Greetings

Vocabulary · Greetings · Les salutations

Salut  /sa.ly/ (sah-lew) Hi./Bye. informal
Bonjour  /bɔ̃.ʒuʁ/ (boh(n)-zhoor) Hello the normal greeting; all day
Bonsoir  /bɔ̃.swaʁ/ (boh(n)-swahr) Good evening, good night, hello after 19h00 (7pm)
Bonne soirée /bɔn swaʁ.e/ (bohn swah-ray) Good evening une soirée can also mean a party
Bonne nuit  /bɔn‿nɥi/ (bohn nooee) Good night the normal farewell after dark
Quoi de neuf ? /kwɑ də nœf/ (kwah duh nuhf) What's up?, How's it going? lit: what's new
Pas grand-chose. /pa gʁɑ̃ ʃoz/ (pah grah(n) shohz) Not much. lit: no big-thing

When talking to one's peers or to children, Salut is used as a greeting. Its English equivalents would be hi and hey. Bonjour, literally meaning good day, should be used for anyone else. One way of remembering these greetings, is that they come in masculine/feminine pairs. One is upon arrival, the other upon departure.

jour : bonjour / bonne journée
matin : bonjour / bonne matinée (early in the morning), bonne journée (early or late in the morning)
après-midi : bonjour / bon(ne) après-midi (early in the afternoon), bonne journée (early or late in the afternoon), bonne soirée (late in the afternoon)
soir : bonjour, bonsoir / bonne soirée (early or late in the evening), bonne nuit (very late in the evening)
nuit : bonjour, bonsoir / bonne nuit

The French never say Bon matin, they do use matinée, journée, soirée but never use nuitée.

Vocabulary · Good-bye · Au revoir

Salut  /sa.ly/ (sah-lew) Hi./Bye. informal
Au revoir /o ʁɘ.vwaʁ/ (oh ruh-vwahr) Good-bye lit: to/until seeing again
À demain /a dɘmɛ̃/ (ah duh-ma(n)) See you tomorrow lit: to/until tomorrow
À tout à l'heure /a tu‿ta lœʁ/ (ah too-tah luhr) See you (later today) idiomatic, lit: to all to the hour
À la prochaine /a la proʃɛn/ (ah lah proh-shehn) See you (tomorrow) lit: to/until next time
À bientôt /bjɛ̃.to/ (ah byuha(n)-toh) See you soon lit: to/until soon
À plus tard /a ply taʁ/ (ah plew tahr) See you later À plus (short version for "see you")
Ciao /tʃao/ (chow) Bye Italian
Bonne soirée /bɔn swaʁ.e/ (bohn swahr-ay) Have a good evening
Bonne journée /bɔn ʒuʁ.ne/ (bohn zhoor-nay) Have a nice day

In addition to being used as an informal greeting, Salut also means bye. Again, it should only be used among friends. Another informal greeting is ciao, an Italian word commonly used in France. Au revoir is the only formal way to say Good-bye. If you will be meeting someone again soon, use À bientôt or À tout à l'heure. À demain is used if you will be seeing the person the following day.

Vocabulary · Names

Tu t'appelles comment ? is used to informally ask someone for his or her name. It is normal to just reply by stating your name, however you may also respond with [[wikt:Je m'appelle [name].|Je m'appelle [name].]] , meaning I am called....

Jacques Bonsoir, Marie.
Good evening, Marie.
Marie Euh ? Tu t'appelles comment ?
Eh? What's your name?
Jacques Moi, je m'appelle Jacques.
Me, my name is Jacques.
Marie Ah, oui. Quoi de neuf, Jacques ?
Ah, yes. What's new, Jacques?
Jacques Pas grand-chose. Alors, au revoir, à demain, Marie.
Not much. Then, bye, see you tomorrow, Marie.
Marie À la prochaine, Jacques.
See you, Jacques.

Vocabulary · How are you? · Ça va ?

Comment allez-vous ? (formal) ,
Comment vas-tu ? (informal) ,
Comment ça va ? / Ça va ? (informal)
/kɔmɑ̃‿tal.e vu/ ,
/kɔmɑ̃ va ty/ ,
/kɔmɑ̃ sa va/
How are you? lit: How do you go?, It goes?
Est-ce que vous allez bien ? /eskə vu‿zal.e bjɛ̃/ Are you well?
Ça va (très) bien /sa va (tʁɛ) bjɛ̃/ I'm doing (very) well. lit. It's going (very) well
Je vais bien /ʒə ve bjɛ̃/ I am well.
Ça va
Oui, ça va
/sa va/
/wi sa va/
Things are going fine.
Yes, I'm fine.
Très bien, merci /tʁɛ bjɛ̃ mɛʁsi/ Very well, thanks.
Pas mal /pa mal/ Not Bad
Pas si bien/pas très bien /pa si (tʁɛ) bjɛ̃/ Not so well
(très) mal /tʁɛ mal/ (very) bad
Comme ci, comme ça /kɔm si kɔm sa/ So-so
Désolé(e) /de.zɔ.le/ Sorry. Désolée if feminine, same pronunciation
Et toi ?
Et vous ?
/e twɑ/
/e vu/
And you? (informal)
And you? (formal)

DIALOGUE: Two good friends, Olivier and Luc, are meeting.

Olivier Salut Luc. Ça va ?
Hi Luc. How are you?
Luc Ça va bien, merci. Et toi, ça va ?
I'm well, thanks. And you, how are you?
Olivier Pas mal.
Not bad.
Luc Quoi de neuf ?
What's new?
Olivier Pas grand-chose. Au revoir Luc.
Not much. Goodbye, Luc.
Luc Au revoir, à demain.
Goodbye, see you tomorrow.

Ça va ? is used to ask someone how they are doing. The phrase literally means It goes?, referring to the body and life. A more formal way to say this is Comment allez-vous ?. You can respond by using ça va as a statement; Ça va. in this case is used for I'm fine. The adverb bien /bjɛ̃/ is used to say well, and is often said both alone and as Ça va bien. Bien is preceded by certain adverbs to specify the degree to which you are well. Common phrases are assez bien, meaning rather well, très bien, meaning very well, and vraiment bien, meaning really well. The adverb mal /mal/ is used to say badly. Pasnot /pɑ/ is commonly added to mal to form Pas mal., meaning Not bad. Comme ci, comme ça., literally translating to Like this, like that., is used to say So, so.

To be polite, you can add merci /mɛʁ.si/, meaning thank you, in your responses to the questions e.g., très bien, merci.

Exercises

ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Translate from French to English.
Bonne soirée Have a good evening.
À tout à l'heure See you (later today)
Je vais bien. I am well.
Et vous ? And you? (formal)
À demain See you tomorrow
Comment allez-vous ? How are you? (formal)
Salut Hi./Bye.
Très bien, merci. Very well, thanks.
Est-ce que vous allez bien ? Are you well?
Je m'appelle My name is
Bonne nuit Good night
À bientôt See you soon
Pas si bien/pas très bien Not so well
Ça va bien I'm doing well.
Bonjour Hello
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Translate from English to French.
What's your name? Tu t'appelles comment ?
Have a nice day Bonne journée
Hi./Bye. Salut.
Not much. Pas grand-chose.
Have a good evening Bonne soirée
ExerciseResponses
Your friend François sees you and starts a conversation. How might you respond?
  • François: Salut. Comment vas-tu ?
  • You: _________
  • François: Quoi de neuf ?
  • You: _________
  • François: À la prochaine.
  • You: _________
ExerciseBasic phrases dialogue
Put the following conversation in order:
FirstSecondThirdFourth
1. MichelJe ne vais pas très bien.Bonjour, JacquesAu revoirComment ça va?
2. JacquesDésolé.Ça va très bien! Et vous? Allez-vous bien?À demain.Salut, Michel!
Solution
FirstSecondThirdFourth
1. MichelBonjour, JacquesComment ça va?Je ne vais pas très bien.Au revoir
2. JacquesSalut, Michel!Ça va très bien! Et vous? Allez-vous bien?Désolé.À demain.


Lesson 0.04 - Formal Speech

Dialogue · A formal conversation · Une conversation formelle

Two people—Monsieur Bernard and Monsieur Lambert—are meeting for the first time:

Monsieur Bernard Bonjour. Comment vous appelez-vous ?
Hello. What's your name?
Monsieur Lambert Je m'appelle Jean-Paul Lambert. Et vous ?
I am Jean-Paul Lambert. And you?
Monsieur Bernard Moi, je suis Marc Bernard. Enchanté.
Me, I am Marc Bernard. Nice to meet you.
Monsieur Lambert Enchanté.
Nice to meet you.

Grammar · Vous vs. tu

This is an important difference between French and English today. English no longer distinguishes between the singular, and the plural, formal version of you. The use of thou for the informal singular version faded almost completely by the mid-nineteenth century.

In French, it is important to know when to use vous /vu/ and when to use tu /ty/.

Vous is the plural form of you. This is somewhat equivalent to you all, you guys, all of you, except that it does not carry any familiarity when used with the plural. You would use it to address your friends as well as when talking to the whole government at a press conference.

Vous is also used to refer to single individuals to show respect, to be polite or to be neutral. It is used when talking to someone who is important, someone who is older than you are, or someone with whom you are unfamiliar. This is known as Vouvoiement. Note the conversation between M. Bernard and M. Lambert above as an example of this use.

Conversely, tu is the singular and informal form of vous (you) in French. It is commonly used when referring to a friend or a family member, and is also used between children or when addressing a child. If it is used when speaking to a stranger, it signals disrespect. This is known as Tutoiement. As a rule of thumb, use tu only when you would call that person by his first name, otherwise use vous. French people will make it known when they would like you to refer to them by tu. The use of vous is less common in Quebequois than in French from France.

In sociolinguistics, a T–V distinction describes the situation wherein a language has second-person pronouns that distinguish varying levels of politeness, social distance, courtesy, familiarity, or insult toward the addressee. The expressions T-form (informal) and V-form (formal), with reference to the initial letters of these pronouns in Latin, tu and vos. In Latin, tu was originally the singular, and vos the plural, with no distinction for honorific or familiar. It was only between the twelfth and fourteenth centuries that the norms for the use of T- and V-forms crystallized.

Vocabulary · Courtesy · La politesse

Please S'il te plaît (Lit: If it pleases you.)
S'il vous plaît (formal).
Thanks (a lot) Merci (beaucoup)
You're welcome. De rien (Lit: It's nothing.)
Pas de quoi (No problem.)
Je t'en prie I pray you (informal)
Je vous en prie (formal)

Vocabulary · Titles · Les titres

Vocabulary
Titles · Les titres
French Abbr. Pronunciation English, Usage
Monsieur M. /mə.sjø/ (muh-syuhew) Mr., Sir
Messieurs M. /mesjø/ (maysyuhew) Gentlemen
Madame Mme /ma.dam/ (mah-dahm) Mrs., Ma'am
Mesdames Mme /me.dam/ (may-dahm) Ladies
Mademoiselle Mlle /mad.mwa.zɛl/  (mahd-mwah-zehl) Miss, Young lady
Mesdemoiselles Mlle /med.mwa.zɛl/  (mayd-mwah-zehl) Young ladies

Vocabulary · Asking for one's name · Demander le nom de quelqu'un

Comment vous appelez-vous ?
Quel est votre nom ?
How do you call yourself? (formal)
What is your name?
Tu t'appelles comment ? What is your name? (informal)
Je m'appelle…
Je suis…
Moi, je suis…
My name is…
I am…
I'm…

Note that with vous, the verb appelez is spelled with one 'l', whereas with tu it has two l's (appelles). This is an irregular conjugation which will be covered more in-depth in a later lesson.

Exercises

ExerciseIntroductions

You are at your first business conference representing your new company, and your manager begins to speak with a colleague you have never met. You want to greet him, tell him your name, and ask him his name.

ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Translate from French to English.
S'il vous plaît Please
Comment vous appelez-vous ? How do you call yourself?
Mesdames Ladies
Je vous en prie. You're welcome.
Merci beaucoup Thanks a lot
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Translate from English to French.
Gentlemen Messieurs
Miss Mademoiselle
My name is… Je m'appelle…
Please S'il te plaît, S'il vous plaît
ExerciseChoose between tu and vous. Which would you use for the following people?

  1. a teacher
  2. a best friend
  3. someone you just met
  4. a group of your friends
  5. a parent
  6. a sibling
  7. a waiter at a restaurant
Solution
  1. vous (to show respect)
  2. tu (familiarity)
  3. vous (unfamiliar)
  4. vous (plural group, even though it is informal)
  5. tu (familiar)
  6. tu (familiar)
  7. vous (likely unfamiliar, but also to show respect and to be polite)


Lesson 0.05 - Numbers

Vocabulary · Cardinal numbers

zéro /ze.ʁo// 0
un(e) /œ̃/ , /yn/ 1
deux /dø/ 2
trois /tʁwa/ 3
quatre /katʁ/ 4
cinq /sɛ̃k/ 5
six /sis/ 6
sept /sɛt/ 7
huit /ɥit/ 8
neuf /nœf/ 9
dix /dis/ 10
onze /ɔ̃z/ 11
douze /duz/ 12
treize /tʁɛz/ 13
quatorze /ka.tɔʁz/ 14
quinze /kɛ̃z/ 15
seize /sɛz/ 16
dix-sept /dis.sɛt/ 17
dix-huit /dis.ɥit/ 18
dix-neuf /dis.nœf/ 19
vingt /vɛ̃/ 20
vingt et un, vingt-et-un /vɛ̃ -te-œ̃/ 21
vingt-[deux - neuf] 22-29
trente /tʁɑ̃t/ 30
trente et un, trente-et-un /tʁɑ̃.t‿e œ̃/ 31
trente-[deux - neuf] 32-39
quarante /ka.ʁɑ̃t/ 40
cinquante /sɛ̃.kɑ̃t/ 50
soixante /swa.sɑ̃t/ 60
soixante-dix /swa.sɑ̃t.dis/ 70
soixante-et-onze 71
soixante-[douze - dix-neuf] 72-79
quatre-vingts /kat.ʁvɛ̃t/ 80
quatre-vingt-un /kat.ʁvɛ̃.œ̃/ 81
quatre-vingt-[deux - neuf] 82-89
quatre-vingt-dix /kat.ʁvɛ̃.dis/ 90
quatre-vingt-[onze - dix-neuf] 91-99
cent /sɑ̃(t)/ 100
[deux - neuf] cents 200-900
deux cent un 201
neuf cent un 901
mille /mil/ 1.000 (103)
(un) million /mi.ljɔ̃/ 1.000.000 (106)
(un) milliard /miljaʁ/ 1.000.000.000 (109)

Only 21, 31, 41, 51 and 61 (but not 71, 81, or 91) have et un without a hyphen; but past this it is simply both words consecutively (vingt-six, trente-trois, etc) with a hyphen in between. For 100-199, cent is added before the rest of the number; this continues up to 1000 and onward. Many speakers of French outside of France refer to the numbers 70 to 99 in the same pattern as the other numbers. For instance, in Switzerland and Belgium, 70 is septante /sɛp.tɑ̃t/, 71 is septante-et-un, 72 is septante deux, and so on; 90 is nonante /nɔ.nɑ̃t/, 91 is nonante-et-un /nɔ.nɑ̃t.e.œ̃/, 92 is nonante deux, and so on. In Switzerland, 80 is huitante or octante /ɔk.tɑ̃t/.

Supplementary vocabulary · Collective nouns

une unité /y.ni.te/ a unity
une huitaine /ɥi.tɛn/ about eight
une dizaine /di.zɛn/ about ten
une douzaine /du.zɛn/ about twelve
une quinzaine /kɛ̃.zɛn/ about fifteen
une vingtaine /vɛ̃.tɛn/ about twenty
une trentaine /tʁɑ̃.tɛn/ about thirty
une quarantaine /ka.ʁɑ̃.tɛn/ about forty
une cinquantaine /sɛ̃.kɑ̃.tɛn/ about fifty
une soixantaine /swa.sɑ̃.tɛn/ about sixty
une centaine /sɑ̃.tɛn/ one hundred, about a hundred
un millier /mi.lje/ one thousand, about a thousand

Supplementary vocabulary · Mathematics · Les mathématiques

In French, the addition, subtraction, multiplication and division are as follows:

Calculez:
un plus un = (égale) deux (the final 's' of 'plus' must be pronounced)
dix moins sept = trois
quatre fois trois = douze
vingt divisé par dix = deux

You may sometimes use un plus un font deux.

Supplementary dialogue · In school · À l'école

Toto est un personnage imaginaire qui est un cancre à l'école. Il y a beaucoup d'histoires drôles sur Toto !
Toto is an imaginary character that is a dunce at school. There are a lot of funny stories about Toto!
L'instituteur Bonjour, les enfants! Aujourd'hui c'est mardi, nous allons réviser la table d'addition. Combien font huit plus six ?
Hello, children! Today is Tuesday, we will review the addition table. What is eight plus six?
Toto Treize, monsieur !
Thirteen, sir!
L'instituteur Non Toto tu t'es trompé! Huit plus six égal quatorze. Et combien font cinq plus neuf ?
No Toto you were wrong! Eight plus six equals fourteen. And how much is five plus nine?
Clément Quatorze !
Fourteen!
L'instituteur Très bien Clément.
Very good, Clément.

Supplementary vocabulary · Ordinal numbers · Les nombres ordinaux

premier, première /pʁə.mje/ , /pʁə.mjɛʁ/ first
deuxième /dø.zjɛm/ second
troisième /tʁwa.zjɛm/ third
quatrième /ka.tʁi.jɛm/ fourth
cinquième /sɛ̃.kjɛm/ fifth
sixième /si.zjɛm/ sixth
septième /sɛ.tjɛm/ seventh
huitième /ɥi.tjɛm/ eighth
neuvième /nœ.vjɛm/ ninth
dixième /di.zjɛm/ tenth
onzième /ɔ̃.zjɛm/ eleventh
douzième /du.zjɛm/ twelfth
treizième /tʁɛ.zjɛm/ thirteenth
quatorzième /ka.tɔʁ.zjɛm/ fourteenth
quinzième /kɛ̃.zjɛm/ fifteenth
seizième /sɛ.zjɛm/ sixteenth
dix-septième /di.sɛ.tjɛm/ seventeenth
dix-huitième /di.ɥi.tjɛm/ eighteenth
dix-neuvième /di.nœ.vjɛm/ nineteenth
vingtième /vɛ̃.tiɛm/ twentieth
vingt-et-unième /vɛ̃.te.y.njɛm/ twenty-first
vingt-deuxième /vɛ̃t.dø.zjɛm/ twenty-second
trentième /tʁɑ̃.tjɛm/ thirtieth
quarantième /ka.ʁɑ̃.tjɛm/ fortieth
quarante-et-unième forty-first
cinquantième /sɛ̀.kɑ̃.tjɛm/ fiftieth
cinquante-et-unième fifty-first
soixantième /swa.sɑ̃.tjɛm/ sixtieth
soixante-dixième /swa.sɑ̃t di.zjɛm/ seventieth
quatre-vingtième /katʁ.vɛ̃.tjɛm/ eightieth
quatre-vingt-dixième /ka.trə.vɛ̃.di.zjɛm/ ninetieth
centième /sɑ̃.tjɛm/ hundredth

Exercises

ExerciseNumber 1-10

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Write the number represented by each word.
un 1
huit 8
cinq 5
trois 3
neuf 9
dix 10
deux 2
quatre 4
sept 7
six 6
ExerciseNumbers 11-20

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Write the number represented by each word.
douze 12
dix-huit 18
quinze 15
treize 13
quatorze 14
dix-neuf 19
seize 16
vingt 20
onze 11
dix-sept 17
ExerciseNumbers 21-100

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Write the number represented by each word.
soixante-et-onze 71
cinquante 50
trente-et-un 31
quarante-cinq 45
soixante-huit 68
vingt-sept 27
quatre-vingt-un 81
cent 100
cinquante-trois 53
quatre-vingt-dix-neuf 99
soixante-dix 70
vingt-et-un 21
quarante-quatre 44
ExerciseNumber 1-10

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Write the French word for each number.
7 sept
8 huit
6 six
9 neuf
4 quatre
3 trois
10 dix
1 un
2 deux
5 cinq
ExerciseNumbers 11-20

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Write the French word for each number.
19 dix-neuf
16 seize
15 quinze
14 quatorze
13 treize
11 onze
12 douze
20 vingt
17 dix-sept
18 dix-huit
ExerciseNumbers 21-100

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Write the French word for each number.
44 quarante-quatre
50 cinquante
70 soixante-dix
99 quatre-vingt-dix-neuf
68 soixante-huit
71 soixante-et-onze
81 quatre-vingt-un
31 trente-et-un
100 cent
53 cinquante-trois
45 quarante-cinq
21 vingt-et-un
27 vingt-sept

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseCollective nouns

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Translate from French to English.
une vingtaine about twenty
un millier one thousand, about a thousand
une huitaine about eight
une unité a unity
une quarantaine about forty
une soixantaine about sixty
une trentaine about thirty
ExerciseComputations

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

huit plus cinq égal ____ huit plus cinq égal treize
cinq et un égal ____ cinq et un égal six
neuf plus huit égal ____ neuf plus huit égal dix-sept
trente-deux plus quarante-neuf égal ____ trente-deux plus quarante-neuf égal quatre-vingt-un
soixante plus vingt égal ____ soixante plus vingt égal quatre-vingts
cinquante-trois plus douze égal ____ cinquante-trois plus douze égal soixante-cinq
dix-neuf plus cinquante égal ____ dix-neuf plus cinquante égal soixante-neuf
quarante-sept plus vingt-sept égal ____ quarante-sept plus vingt-sept égal soixante-quatorze
Soixante-trois plus trente-deux égal ____ soixante-trois plus trente-deux égal quatre-vingt-quinze
soixante plus trente-deux égal ____ soixante plus trente-deux égal quatre-vingt-douze
ExerciseOrdinal numbers

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Translate from French to English.
quatorzième fourteenth
trentième thirtieth
neuvième ninth
quatrième fourth
quarante-et-unième forty-first
dixième tenth
vingt-deuxième twenty-second
soixante-dixième seventieth
quatorzième fourteenth
seizième sixthteenth


Lesson 0.06 - The Date

Vocabulary · Days · Les jours

Vocabulary
The days of the week · Les jours de la semaine
French Pronunciation English Origin
lundi /lœ̃di/ (luh(n)-dee) Monday (Moon)
mardi /maʁdi/ (mahr-dee) Tuesday (Mars)
mercredi /mɛʁkʁədi/ (mehr-kruh-dee) Wednesday (Mercury)
jeudi /ʒødi/ (zhew-dee) Thursday (Jupiter)
vendredi /vɑ̃dʁədi/ (vah(n)-druh-dee) Friday (Venus)
samedi /samdi/ (sahm-dee) Saturday (Saturn)
dimanche /dimɑ̃ʃ/ (dee-mah(n)sh) Sunday (Dies Domini)
Vocabulary

Asking for the day

· Demander le jour
Aujourd'hui on est quel jour ? /oʒuʁdɥi ɔ̃‿nɛ kɛl ʒuʁ/ (oh-zhoor-dewee oh(n)nay kehl zhoor) Today is what day?
Quel jour sommes-nous aujourd'hui?
Quel jour est-on aujourd'hui?
On est quel jour aujourd'hui?
/kɛl ʒuʁ sɔm nu oʒuʁdɥi/ (kehl zhoor sohm noo oh-zhoor-dewee)
/kɛl ʒuʁ ɛ‿tɔ̃ oʒuʁdɥi/ (kehl zhoor ehtoh(n) oh-zhoor-dewee)
/ɔ̃‿nɛ kɛl ʒuʁ oʒuʁdɥi/ (oh(n)eh kehl zhoor oh-zhoor-dewee)
What day is it today?
Aujourd'hui c'est [jour].
Aujourd'hui on est [jour].
/oʒuʁdɥi sɛ/ (oh-zhoor-dewee seh)
/oʒuʁdɥi ɔ̃‿nɛ/ (oh-zhoor-dewee oh(n)neh)
Today is [day].
C'est [day].
Nous sommes [day].
On est [day].
/sɛ/ (seh)
/nu sɔm/ (noo sohm)
/ɔ̃‿nɛ/ (oh(n)neh)
It is [day].
Demain c'est quel jour ? /dəmɛ̃ sɛ kɛl ʒuʁ/ (duhma(n) seh kehl zhoor) Tomorrow is what day?
Demain c'est [jour]. /dəmɛ̃ sɛ/ (duhma(n) seh) Tomorrow is [day].
Vocabulary

Relative days

· Les jours relatifs
avant-hier /avɑ̃‿tjɛʁ/ (ahvah(n)tyuhehr) the day before yesterday
hier /jɛʁ/ (yuhehr) yesterday
aujourd'hui /oʒuʁdɥi/ (oh-zhoor-dewee) today
ce soir /sə swaʁ/ (suh swahr) tonight
demain /dəmɛ̃/ (duhma(n)) tomorrow
après-demain /apʁɛ dəmɛ̃/ (ahpreh duhma(n)) the day after tomorrow

Vocabulary · Months · Les mois

Vocabulary
The months of the year · Les mois de l'année
French Pron. English
janvier /ʒɑ̃vje/ (zhah(n)-vyuhay) January
février /fevʁije/, /fevʁje/ (fay-vree-yuhay / fay-vryuhay) February
mars /maʁs/ (mahrs) March
avril /avʁil/ (ahv-reel) April
mai /mɛ/ (meh) May
juin /ʒɥɛ̃/ (zhoo-a(n)) June
juillet /ʒɥijɛ/ (zhoo-ee-yuheh) July
août /ut/, /u/ (oot/oo) August
septembre /sɛptɑ̃bʁ/ (sehp-tah(n)-br) September
octobre /ɔktɔbʁ/ (ohk-toh-br) October
novembre /nɔvɑ̃bʁ/ (noh-vah(n)-br) November
décembre /desɑ̃bʁ/ (day-sah(n)-br) December
Vocabulary

Asking for the date

· Demander la date
Quelle est la date
(d'aujourd'hui) ?
/kɛl ɛ la dat/ (kehl eh lah daht) What is the date
(today)?
C'est le [#] [month]. /sɛ lə/ (seh lah) It's [month] [#].

On May 5, one would say "C'est le cinq mai." However, the first of the month uses "le premier" (the first): C'est le premier août (August 1).

Dialogue · What day is it?

Vocabulary · Seasons · Les saisons

Vocabulary

The Seasons

· Les Saisons
la saison /la sɛ.zɔ̃/ (lah seh-zoh(n)) season
le printemps /lə pʁɛ̃.tɑ̃/ (luh pra(n)-tah(n)) Spring
l'été (m)  /le.te/ (lay-tay) Summer
l'automne (m)  /lo.tɔn/ (loh-tohn) Autumn
l'hiver (m)  /li.vɛʁ/ (lee-vehr) Winter

Vocabulary · Age

Quel âge as-tu ? How old are you? lit: You have what age?
J'ai trente ans. I'm thirty (years old). lit: I have thirty years
Quel âge avez vous ? How old are you? (formal)
Quel âge a-t-il ? How old is he?
Quel âge a-t-elle ? How old is she?

Dialogue · How old are you?

Lesson 0.07 - Telling Time

Vocabulary · Time · Le temps

In French, il est is used to express the time; though it would literally translate as he is, it is actually, in this case, equivalent to it is (impersonal il). Unlike in English, it is always important to use heures (hours) when referring to the time. In English, it is okay to say It’s nine, but this wouldn’t make sense in French.

Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it?
Il est une heure. It is one o’clock.
Il est trois heures. It is three o’clock.
Il est dix heures. It is ten o’clock.
Il est midi. It is noon.
Il est minuit. It is midnight.
Il est quatre heures cinq. It is five past four.
Il est quatre heures et quart. It is a quarter past four.
Il est quatre heures moins le quart It is a quarter till 4.
Il est quatre heures quinze. It is four fifteen.
Il est quatre heures et demie. It is half past four.
Il est quatre heures trente. It is four thirty.
Il est cinq heures moins vingt. It is twenty to five.
Il est quatre heures quarante. It is four forty.

Time is often abbreviated using h for heure(s). For example, 9 o'clock AM would be 9h or 9h00. They also use 24-hour time in this format, so 10 o'clock PM would be 22h.

Supplementary vocabulary · More time expressions

une heure 1:00
deux heures cinq 2:05
trois heures dix 3:10
quatre heures et quart 4:15
cinq heures vingt 5:20
six heures vingt-cinq 6:25
sept heures et demie 7:30
huit heures moins vingt-cinq 7:35
neuf heures moins vingt 8:40
dix heures moins le quart 9:45
onze heures moins dix 10:50
midi (minuit) moins cinq 11:55
minuit midnight
midi noon


Vocabulary · Times of day · L'heure relative

le lever du jour daybreak lit: the rise of the day
le lever du soleil sunrise lit: the rise of the sun
le soleil levant rising sun
le matin morning
...du matin A.M. lit: of the morning
hier matin yesterday morning
le midi noon, midday
le minuit midnight
l'après-midi (m) afternoon
le soir evening, in the evening
...du soir P.M. lit: of the evening
la nuit night
le coucher du soleil sunset

Dialogue · What time is it?

Supplementary dialogue · The director · Le directeur

Daniel (frappe à la porte : toc toc toc)
(knocks on the door: knock knock knock)
Le directeur Entrez !
Enter!
Daniel Bonjour, monsieur le directeur. Est-ce que vous allez bien ?
Hello, Mr. Director. Are you well?
Le directeur Je vais bien merci. Et vous, comment allez-vous ?
I am well, thank you. And you, how are you?
Daniel Je vais bien. Je veux vous demander s'il est possible d'organiser une fête pour mon anniversaire. Je l'organiserais le 3 mars vers 14 h.
I'm well. I want to ask you if it is possible to organize a party for my birthday. I would organize it the third of March around 02:00 PM.
Le directeur Et vous voulez l'organiser où ?
And you want to organize it where?
Daniel Dans la grande salle de réunion au deuxième étage. On en aurait besoin jusqu'à 16 h, le temps de tout nettoyer.
In the large conference room on the second floor. We would need it until 04:00 PM, the time of cleaning everything.
Le directeur Entendu ! J' espère que je serais invité ?
Agreed! I hope that I would be invited?
Daniel Bien sûr ! Merci Beaucoup !
Of course! Thanks a lot!
Le directeur Au revoir !
Good-bye!
Daniel Au revoir et encore merci !
Good-bye and thanks again.

Lesson 0 - Review

G: The French alphabet

Grammar
The French Alphabet · L'alphabet français
Characters AaBbCcDdEeFfGgHhIiJjKkLlMm
Pronunciation ahbaysaydayuhehfzhayahsheezheekahehlehm
Characters NnOoPpQqRrSsTtUuVvWwXxYyZz
Pronunciation ehn oh paykewehrehstayewvaydoo-bluh-vayeeksee-grehkzehd

In addition, French uses several accents which are worth understanding. These are: à, è, ù, (grave accents) and é (acute accent). A circumflex applies to all vowels: â, ê, î, ô, û. A tréma (French for dieresis) is also applied: ä, ë, ï, ö, ü, ÿ. Two combined letters are used: æ and œ, and a cedilla is used on the c to make it sound like an English s: ç.

V: Basic phrases

Vocabulary
Basic Phrases · Les expressions de base
bonjour, saluthello (formal), hi (informal)
Comment allez-vous ? (formal),
Comment vas-tu ? (informal),
Comment ça va ? / Ça va ? (informal)
(lit: How you go/How it goes?)
ça va (très) bienI'm doing (very) well (lit. It goes (very) well)
mercithank you
et toi ? et vous ?and you? (informal) and you? (formal)
pas malnot bad
bienwell
pas si bien/pas très biennot so well
comme ci, comme ça so-so
Désolé(e)I'm sorry.
quoi de neuf ?what's up with you? (lit. what's new)
pas grand-chosenot much (lit. no big-thing)
au revoirbye
à demainsee you tomorrow (lit. at tomorrow)
à plus tardsee you later
Au revoir, à demain.Bye, see you tomorrow

V: Numbers

Vocabulary
Numbers · Les nombres
un 1 une unité (a unity)
deux 2  
trois 3  
quatre 4  
cinq 5  
six 6  
sept 7  
huit 8  
neuf 9  
dix 10 une dizaine (one ten)
onze 11  
douze 12 une douzaine (one dozen)
treize 13  
quatorze 14  
quinze 15  
seize 16  
dix-sept 17  
dix-huit 18  
dix-neuf 19  
vingt 20  
vingt et un 21  
vingt [deux - neuf] 22-29
trente 30  
trente et un 31  
trente [deux - neuf] 32-39  
quarante 40  
cinquante 50  
soixante 60  
soixante-dix 70  
soixante et onze 71  
soixante-[douze - dix-neuf] 72-79  
quatre-vingts 80  
quatre-vingt-un 81  
quatre-vingt-[deux - neuf] 82-89  
quatre-vingt-dix 90  
quatre-vingt-[onze - dix-neuf] 91-99  
cent 100 une centaine (one hundred)
[deux - neuf] cents 200-900  
deux cent un 201  
neuf cent un 901  
mille 1.000 un millier (one thousand)
(un) million 1.000.000  
(un) milliard 1.000.000.000  
(un) billion 1.000.000.000.000  

Things of note about numbers:

V: Asking for the day/date/time

Vocabulary
Asking For The Day, Date, Time · Demander le jour, la date, le temps
Asking for the day.
1a Aujourd'hui c'est quel jour?Today is what day?(oh-zhur-dewee seh kehl zhoor)
1b Aujourd'hui c'est [jour].Today is [day].
2a Demain c'est quel jourTomorrow is what day?(duh-ma(n) seh kehl zhoor)
2b Demain c'est [jour].Tomorrow is [day].
Asking for the date.
3a Quelle est la date
(aujourd'hui)?
What is the date
(today)?
(kehl eh lah daht)
3b C'est le [#] [month].It's [month] [#].
Asking for the time.
4a Quelle heure est-il? What hour/time is it? (kehl ewr eh-teel)
4b Il est quelle heure?(eel eh kehl ewr)
5 Il est [nombre] heure(s).It is [number] hours.(eel eh [nombre] ewr)

V: Time

In French, “il est” is used to express the time; though it would literally translate as “he is”, it is actually, in this case, equivalent to “it is” (unpersonal "il"). Unlike in English, it is always important to use “heures” (“hours”) when referring to the time. In English, it is OK to say, “It’s nine,” but this wouldn’t make sense in French. The French time system traditionally uses a 24 hour scale. Shorthand for writing times in French follows the format "17h30", which would represent 5:30PM in English.

Vocabulary
Time · Le temps
Quelle heure est-il ?What time is it?
Il est une heure.It is one o’clock.
Il est trois heures.It is three o’clock.
Il est dix heures.It is ten o’clock.
Il est midi.It is noon.
Il est minuit.It is midnight.
Il est quatre heures cinq.It is five past four.
Il est quatre heures et quart.It is a quarter past four.
Il est quatre heures quinze.It is four fifteen.
Il est quatre heures et demie.It is half past four.
Il est dix-neuf heures moins le quart.It is a quarter to seven, or six forty-five.
Il est quatre heures trente.It is four thirty.
Il est cinq heures moins vingt.It is twenty to five.
Il est quatre heures quarante.It is four forty.

V: The days of the week.

Vocabulary
The days of the week · Les jours de la semaine
French Pronunciation English Origin
lundi /lœ̃di/ (luh(n)-dee) Monday (Moon)
mardi /maʁdi/ (mahr-dee) Tuesday (Mars)
mercredi /mɛʁkʁədi/ (mehr-kruh-dee) Wednesday (Mercury)
jeudi /ʒødi/ (zhur-dee) Thursday (Jupiter)
vendredi /vɑ̃dʁədi/ (vah(n)-druh-dee) Friday (Venus)
samedi /samdi/ (sahm-dee) Saturday (Saturn)
dimanche /dimɑ̃ʃ/ (dee-mah(n)sh) Sunday (Dies Domini)

Notes:

V: The months of the year

Vocabulary
The months of the year · Les mois de l'année
French Pron. English
janvier /ʒɑ̃vje/ (zhah(n)-vyay) January
février /fevʁije/ (fay-vree-yay) February
mars /maʁs/ (mahrs) March
avril /avʁil/ (ahv-reel) April
mai /mɛ/ (meh) May
juin /ʒɥɛ̃/ (zhoo-a(n)) June
juillet /ʒɥijɛ/ (zhoo-ee-yeh) July
août /ut/, /u/ (oot/oo) August
septembre /sɛptɑ̃bʁ/ (sehp-tah(n)-br) September
octobre /ɔktɔbʁ/ (ohk-toh-br) October
novembre /nɔvɑ̃bʁ/ (noh-vah(n)-br) November
décembre /desɑ̃bʁ/ (day-sah(n)-br) December

V: Relative date and time

Vocabulary
Relative Date and Time · Date et heure relatives
Times of Day
le lever du jourdaybreak
lit:the rise of the day
le lever du soleilsunrise
lit: the rise of the sun
le soleil levantrising sun.
le matinmorning
...du matinA.M., lit: of the mornng
hier matinyesterday morning
le midi noon, midday
l'après-midi (m)afternoon
le soirevening, in the evening
...du soirP.M. lit: of the evening
le coucher du soleilsunset
la nuitnight
Relative Days
avant-hierthe day before yesterday
hieryesterday
aujourd'huitoday
ce soirtonight
demaintomorrow
après-demainthe day after tomorrow

V: Seasons

Vocabulary

The Seasons

· Les Saisons
la saison /la sɛ.zɔ̃/ (lah seh-zoh(n)) season
le printemps  /lə pʁɛ̃.tɑ̃/ (luh pra(n)-taw(n)) Spring
l'été (m) /le.te/ (lay-tay) Summer
l'automne (m) /lo.tɔn/ (loh-tawn) Autumn
l'hiver (m) /li.vɛʁ/ (lee-vehr) Winter

Dialogue · A conversation between friends · Une conversation entre amis

Daniel Bonjour Hervé. Comment vas-tu ?
Hello, Hervé. How are you?
Hervé Je vais bien, merci. Et toi ça va ?
I'm good,1 thank you. And you, it goes (fine)?
Daniel Ça va bien. Est-ce que2 tu viens à mon anniversaire ? J'organise une petite fête.
It goes well. You're coming to my party? I'm organizing a little party.
Hervé C'est quand ?
When is it?
Daniel Le 3 mars à 20h.
March 3rd at 08:00 PM.
Hervé Le 3 mars, entendu. Tu fais ça chez toi3 ?
March 3rd, agreed. You're having it at your place?
Daniel Oui c'est chez moi. J'ai invité une vingtaine d'amis. On va danser toute la nuit.
Yes, it's at my place. I have invited (a set of) twenty friends. We4 are going to dance all night.
Hervé C'est très gentil de m'inviter, merci. A bientôt.
It's very nice to invite me, thank you. So long.
Daniel A demain, bonne journée.
Until tomorrow, good day.

^1 Bien... is an adverb meaning well. Its adjective equivalent is bon(ne), which means good. Since je vais, meaning I go, uses an action verb,
the adverb bien is used. In English, I'm good, which uses the linking verb am, is followed by an adjective rather than an adverb.

^2 Est-ce que... doesn't mean anything (like the spanish upside down question mark) and is used to start a question.
This can be used in a similar manner to do in English. Instead of You want it?, one can say Do you want it?

^3 chez... is a preposition meaning at the house of.... Chez moi is used to say at my place. Chez [name] is used to say at [name's] place.

^4 on... can mean we or one.

Lesson 0 - Test

The following test will confirm your progress in the French introduction. Try to answer the questions to the best of your ability without turning to the previous chapters or consulting the test answers.

Grammar

Verb forms

Name the verb forms for the subject and infinitive specified. (1 point each)

Translating

English to French

Translate the following phrases and sentences into French. (2 points each)

  1. What day is today?
  2. How are you?
  3. What is your name?

French to English

Translate this dialogue between Henri and Jacques into English. Each phrase is worth 1 points. (11 points total)

  1. Bonjour! Quel est ton nom?
  2. Je m'appelle Jacques. Comment vous-appelez vous?
  3. Je m'appelle Henri. Comment ça va?
  4. Pas mal. Et toi, comment ça va?
  5. Trés bien, merci. À demain Jacques!
  6. À demain Henri.

Reading comprehension

Fill in the blank

Fill in the blanks in these conversations. Note: Every blank is one word. (1 point each)

Vocabulary

Matching

Match the French words with their English definitions. (1 point each)

Level one

Lesson 1.01 - Basic Grammar

By the end of this lesson, you should understand:
Qu’est-ce que c’est ? C'est une colombe.
Voici les deux garçons !

Grammar · Gender of nouns · Genre des noms

In French, all nouns have a grammatical gender; that is, they are either masculine (m) or feminine (f).

Most nouns that express people or animals have both a masculine and a feminine form. For example, the two words for the actor in French are l'acteur and l'actrice .

However, there are some nouns that talk about people or animals whose gender is fixed, regardless of the actual gender of the person or animal. For example, la personnethe person is always feminine, even when it's talking about your uncle; le professeurthe professor is always masculine, even when it's talking about your female professor or teacher.

The nouns that express things without an obvious gender (e.g., objects and abstract concepts) have only one form. This form can be masculine or feminine. For example, la voiturethe car can only be feminine; le stylothe pen can only be masculine.

Supplementary grammar · Common endings

Masculine nouns
-age le fromage the cheese
-d le pied the foot
-g le rang the rank
-isme le matérialisme materialism
-ment le mouvement the movement
-n le ballon the balloon
-r le professeur the teacher
-t le chat the cat
Feminine nouns
-ce la grâce the grace
-che la touche the touch
-ée la durée the duration
-ie la boulangerie the bakery
-ion la nation the nation
-ite/-ité la stabilité stability
-lle la fille the girl
-nce la balance the scales
-nne la personne the person
-ure la figure the figure

Exceptions

There are many exceptions to gender rules in French which can only be learned. There are even words that are spelled the same, but have a different meaning when masculine or feminine; for example, le livre means the book, but la livre means the pound. Some words that appear to be masculine (such as la photo, which should be masculine but is not because it is actually short for la photographie) are in fact feminine, and vice versa. Then there are some that just don't make sense; la foi is feminine and means faith or belief, whereas le foie is masculine and means liver.

Vocabulary · Example nouns

Masculine nouns
le cheval /ʃəval/ the horse
le chien /ʃjɛ̃/ the dog
le livre /livʁ/ the book
le bruit /bʁɥi/ the noise
Feminine nouns
la colombe /kɔlɔ̃b/ the dove
la chemise /ʃə.miz/ the shirt
la maison /mɛ.zɔ̃/ the house
la liberté /li.bɛʁ.te/ the liberty

Grammar · Articles

The definite article · L'article défini

In English, the definite article is always the.

In French, the definite article is changed depending on the noun's:

  1. gender
  2. plurality
  3. first letter

There are three definite articles and an abbreviation. Le is used for masculine nouns, La is used for feminine nouns, Les is used for plural nouns (both masculine or feminine), and L' is used when the noun is singular and begins with a vowel or silent h (both masculine or feminine). It is similar to English, where a changes to an before a vowel.

singular feminine la  /la/ (lah) la fille (lah fee-yuh) the daughter
masculine le  /lə/ (luh) le fils (luh fees) the son
singular, starting with a vowel sound l’ /l/ l’enfant (lah(n)-fah(n)) the child
plural les  /le/ (lay) les filles (lay fee-yuh) the daughters
les fils (lay fees) the sons
les enfants (lay-zah(n)-fah(n)) the children

Unlike English, the definite article is used to talk about something in a general sense, a general statement or feeling about an idea or thing.

Elision

Elision refers to the suppression of a final unstressed vowel immediately before another word beginning with a vowel. The definite articles le and la are shortened to l’ when they come before a noun that begins with a vowel or silent h. When pronounced, the vowel sound is dropped.

(le) ami l'ami (lah-mee) the (male) friend
(la) amie l'amie (lah-mee) the (female) friend
(le) élève l'élève (lay-lehv) the pupil
(la) heure l'heure (lewr) the hour, the time

Elision does not occur on an aspired h:

(le) héros: le hérosthe hero

In addition to the definite article, elision will also occur with other words, such as que, je, le, ce, ne, and de. The details on these words will be covered in later sections of the book.

The indefinite article · L'article indéfini

In English, the indefinite articles are a and an. Some is used as a plural article in English.

Again, indefinite articles in French take different forms depending on gender and plurality. The articles un and une literally mean one in French.

singular feminine une /yn/ (ewn) une fille a daughter
masculine un /œ̃/ (uh(n)) un fils a son
plural des /dɛ/ (deh) des filles some daughters
des fils some sons

^ une is often (more often than not) pronounced (ewnuh) in poetry and lyric.
^ Des fils does mean some sons, but is a homograph: it can also mean some threads (when pronounced like /fil/ ).

Some

Note that des, like les, is used in French before plural nouns when no article is used in English. For example, you are looking at photographs in an album. The English statement I am looking at photographs. cannot be translated to French as Je regarde photographies. because an article is required to tell which photographs are being looked at. If it is a set of specific pictures, the French statement should be Je regarde les photographies.I am looking at the photographs. On the other hand, if the person is just browsing the album, the French translation is Je regarde des photographies.I am looking at some photographs.

Plurality, pronunciation, and exceptions

The plural of most nouns is formed by adding an -s. However, the -s ending is not pronounced. It is the article that tells the listener whether the noun is singular or plural.

Most singular nouns do not end in -s. The -s is added for the plural form of the noun. Fils is one exception. Whenever the singular form of a noun ends in -s, there is no change in the plural form.

le fils
the son
les fils
the sons
un fils
a son
des fils
(some) sons
le cours
the course
les cours
the courses
un cours
a course
des cours
(some) courses

The final consonant is almost always not pronounced unless followed by an -e (or another vowel). Fils /fis/ is also an exception to this rule.

Liaison

Remember that the last consonant of a word is typically not pronounced unless followed by a vowel. When a word ending in a consonant is followed by a word beginning with a vowel sound (or silent h), the consonant often becomes pronounced. This is a process called liaison. When a vowel goes directly after un, the normally unpronounced n sound becomes pronounced.

(un) ami unnami /ɶ̃‿na.mi/ a (male) friend
(un) élève unnélève /ɶ̃‿ne.lɛv/ a pupil

Compare the pronunciation to words without liaison:

un garçon /ɶ̃ gaʁsɔ̃/

Une is unaffected by liaison.

Liaison also occurs with les and des.

(les) amis leszamis /le‿za.mi/ (some) (male) friends
(des) amis deszamis /dɛ‿za.mi/ (some) (male) friends
(des) amies deszamies /dɛ‿za.mi/ (some) (female) friends

As with elision, an aspired h isn't liaised:

(les) hangars: les hangars le æŋgəʁ

Vocabulary · People · Les personnes

la personne /la pɛʁ.sɔn/ person
Gender and age
l'homme (m) /lɔm/ man
la femme /la fam/ woman
le garçon /lə gaʁ.sɔ̃/ boy
la fille /la fi.j/ girl
la fillette /la fi.jɛt/ little girl
Friends
l'ami (m)
le copain
/la.mi/
/lə kɔ.pɛ̃/
male friend
l'amie (f)
la copine
/la.mi/
/la kɔ.pin/
female friend

Vocabulary · Expressions

Qu’est-ce que c’est ?

To say What is it? or What is that? in French, Qu’est-ce que c’est ? /kɛs kə sɛ/ is used.

Qu'est-ce que…?What is it that ? is used often to say What…? at the beginning of sentences.

To respond to this question, you say C’est un(e) [nom]., meaning It is a [noun]:

C'est un livre.It's a book.

Remember that the indefinite article (un or une) must agree with the noun it modifies:

C'est une chemise.It's a shirt.

Il y a

Il y a /il.ja/ is used to say there is or there are. Il y a expresses the existence of the noun it introduces.

Il y a une pomme.There is an apple.

The phrase is used for both singular and plural nouns. Unlike in English (isare), il y a does not change form.

Il y a des pommes.There are (some) apples.

The -s at the end of the most pluralised nouns tells you that the phrase is there are instead of there is. In spoken French, when both the singular and plural forms almost always sound the same, the article (and perhaps other adjectives modifying the noun) is used to distinguish between singular and plural versions.

A is the present third person singular form of the verb to have, and y is a pronoun meaning there. The phrase il y a, then, literally translates to he has there. This phrase is used in all French tenses. It is important to remember that verb stays as a form of have and not be.

Voici and voilà

Like in English, il y a… is not often used to point out an object. To point out an object to the listener, use voici /vwa.si/, meaning over here is/are or right here is/are, and voilà /vwa.la/, meaning over there is/are, or there you have it.

Voici les deux garçons !Here are the two boys!

Examples

C'est un chien. It's a dog.
Il y a un problème. There is a problem.
Il y a deux personnes ici. There are two people here.
Il y a deux tables dans le salon. There are two tables in the lounge.
Il n’y a pas de chat. There is no cat.
il n’y a pas que toi. You are not the only one.
Voici le fromage. Here's the cheese.

Exercises

ExerciseRespond according to the pictures.
Qu’est-ce que c’est?
C'est ….
pomme
poire
chat
chien
Solution
C'est une pomme
C'est une poire
C'est un chat
C'est un chien
ExerciseMatching
Match each noun with its corresponding image.
une colombe
des livres
une chemise
des chevaux
une maison
Solution
une chemise
une maison
des livres
une colombe
des chevaux
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate each phrase from English to French

the boy le garçon
the female friend l'amie, la copine
the man l'homme
the little girl la fillette
the woman la femme
the person la personne
the girl la fille
the male friend l'ami, le copain
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate each phrase from French to English

l'amie the female friend
la fillette the little girl
la personne the person
la femme the woman
l'ami the male friend
la copine the female friend
le garçon the boy
la fille the girl
le copain the male friend
l'homme the man

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseGender

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Classify each noun as masculine or feminine based on its ending.

rapidité feminine
mutisme masculine
récréation feminine
bricolage masculine
paille feminine
découpage masculine
grenouille feminine
gallicisme masculine
robinet masculine
différence feminine
rondelle feminine
optimisme masculine
question feminine
modernisme masculine
vaisselle feminine
paysage masculine
ambulance feminine
originalité feminine
famille feminine
sévérité feminine
couronne feminine
particularité feminine
anarchisme masculine
feuille feminine
mobilité feminine
télévision feminine
oreille feminine
panne feminine
frite feminine
ordonnance feminine
professionnalisme masculine
sincérité feminine
invitation feminine
passage masculine
abeille feminine
résolubilité feminine
canne feminine
attention feminine
validité feminine
bagage masculine
coquillage masculine
créativité feminine
chance feminine
monolinguisme masculine
village masculine

Lesson 1.02 - To Be

By the end of this lesson, you should understand:
Elle est australienne.

and possibly understand:

Nous sommes à la maison.
Les hommes sont de Paris.

Vocabulary review · Greetings and goodbyes

Salut /sa.ly/ Hi./Bye. informal
Bonjour /bɔ̃.ʒuʁ/ Hello more formal than salut; all day
Bonsoir /bɔ̃.swaʁ/ Good evening, good night, hello after 19h00
Au revoir /o ʁə.vwaʁ/ Good-bye Shortened "Au Plaisir De Vous Revoir" (at the pleasure of seeing you again)
À demain /a də.mɛ̃/ See you tomorrow lit: to/until tomorrow

Dialogue · Where are you from? · Tu es d’où ?

Quentin Bonjour, Léon. Dis donc, tu es d’où ?
Hello, Léon. Say, where are you from?
Léon Je suis de Paris, Quentin.
I am from Paris, Quentin.
Quentin Alors, tu es français ?
Then, you are French?
Léon Oui, exactement.
Yes, exactly.
Quentin Et Marie, elle est d’où?
And Marie, where is she from?
Léon Elle est de Marseille. Elle est française, aussi.
She is from Marseille. She is French, too.
Quentin Merci, Léon. Au revoir.
Thanks, Léon. Goodbye.

Grammar · Subject pronouns · Les pronoms sujet

French has six different types of pronouns: the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd person singular and the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd person plural.

1st person singular je /ʒə/ I
plural nous /nu/ we
2nd person singular tu /ty/ you
plural or respectful vous /vu/
3rd person singular il
elle
on
/il/
/ɛl/
/ɔ̃/
he
she
one
plural ils
elles
/il/
/ɛl/
they (masculine)
they (feminine)

Supplementary usage notes

Tu and vous
This is an important difference between French and English. English no longer distinguishes between the singular and the plural, formal version of you, although thou used to be the informal singular version up to the Mid-nineteenth Century. In French, it is culturally important to know when to use vous /vu/ (voo) and when to use tu /ty/ (tew).
Vous is the plural form of you. This is somewhat equivalent to you all, you guys, all of you, except that it does not carry any familiarity when used with the plural. You'd use it to address your friends as well as when talking to the government at a press conference. Vous is also used to refer to single individuals to show respect, to be polite or to be neutral. It is used when talking to someone who is important, someone who is older than you are, or someone with whom you are unfamiliar. This is known as Vouvoiement.
Conversely, tu is the singular and informal form of vous (you) in French. It is commonly used when referring to a friend or a family member, and is also used between children or when addressing a child. If it is used when speaking to a stranger, it can be taken as disrespect. This is known as Tutoiement. As a rule of thumb, use tu only when you would call that person by his first name, otherwise use vous. French speaking people will make it known when they would like you to refer to them by tu. In French speaking Canada, the use of the singular tu is used everywhere, and can be considered a cultural difference from that of Europe and Africa. You can use the vous in Canada, but it won't affect your respect.
Il, elle, and on
French pronouns carry meanings that do not exist in English pronouns. The pronoun it does not exist in French. Il replaces all masculine nouns, even those that are not human; the same is true with elle and feminine nouns.
The French third person on has several meanings, but most closely matches the now archaic English one. While in English, sentences with one as the subject sound old-fashioned, their French equivalents are quite acceptable. In everyday language, on is used, instead of nous, to express we; the verb is always used in the 3rd person singular.
Ils and elles
While the third person plural they has no gender in English, the French equivalents ils and elles do. However, when pronounced, they normally sound the same as il and elle, so distinguishing the difference requires understanding of the various conjugations of the verbs following the pronoun. Also, if a group of people consists of both males and females, the male form is used, even with a majority of females; however, this sensibly yields to overwhelming majority: given a group of only one male to thousands of females, the female form would be used.

Vocabulary · Common places

la banque /bɑ̃k/ the bank
le bar /baːʁ/ the bar
le bureau /by.ʁo/ the office
l'école (f) /e.kɔl/ the school
la gare /ɡaʁ/ the train station
l'hôtel (m) /o.tɛl/ the hotel
le magasin /ma.ɡa.zɛ̃/ the store
la maison /mɛ.zɔ̃/ the house

Supplementary grammar · Verbs

A verb is a word that describes an action or mental or physical state.

Tenses and moods 
French verbs can be formed in four moods, each of which express a unique feeling. Each mood has a varying number of tenses, which indicate the time when an action takes place. The conjugations in the present tense of the indicative mood, the present indicative, is discussed in the next section. There is one conjugation for each of the six subject pronouns.
Infinitives 
The infinitive form is the basic form of a verb. It does not refer to a particular tense, person or subject. The infinitive form of the verb is often used to identify it. In English, the infinitive form is to ___. In French, the infinitive is one word. For example, parler translates to to speak, finir translates to to finish, and aller translates to to go.
Conjugation 
French verbs conjugate; they take different shapes depending on the subject. English verbs only have one conjugation; that is the third person singular (I see, you see, he/she sees, we see, they see). The only exception is the verb to be (I am; (thou art); you are; he/she is; we are; they are). Most French verbs will conjugate into many different forms. Most verbs are regular, which means that they conjugate in the same way. The most common verbs, however, are irregular.

Grammar · To be · Être

Être translates as to be in English. As in most languages, it is an irregular verb, and is not conjugated like any other verb.

Formation

être  /ɛtʁ/ (ehtr) to be
je suis /sɥi/ (sewee) I am
tu es /e/ (eh) you are
il est /e/ (eh) he is
nous sommes /sɔm/ (sohm) we are
vous êtes /ɛt/ (eht) you are
ils sont /sɔ̃/ (soh(n)) they are
été /e.te/ been

Examples

Je suis avocat. (zhuh sewee-zah-voh-kah) I am (a) lawyer.
Tu es à la banque. (tew eh ah lah bah(n)k) You (familiar) are at the bank.
Il est beau. (eel eh boh) He is handsome.

Supplementary vocabulary · Expressions

Used as a noun, l'être means the being or the creature. Likewise, the phrase l'être humain /ɛ.tʁ‿y.mɛ̃/ means the human being.

Ça y est! There we go!, There you have it.
Vous y êtes? Are you ready?
C'est du chinois. French/Lessons/IPA It's all Greek to me. lit: It's Chinese.
être à la bourre French/Lessons/IPA to be late or rushed
Le silence est d'or. French/Lessons/IPA Silence is golden.
Le temps, c'est de l'argent. French/Lessons/IPA Time is money.

Expressing agreement

Tu es d’accord ou pas ?, Tu es d’accord ?, literally meaning You are of agreement?, or simply D'accord ? /d‿a.kɔʁ/ is used informally to ask whether someone agrees with you.

To respond positively, you say Oui, je suis d'accord. or simply D'accord:

Oui, je suis d’accord avec vous.Yes, I agree with you.

D'accord corresponds to the English okay.

Grammar · Nationalities and jobs

When stating your nationality or job, it is not necessary to include the article:

Je suis australien(ne).I am [an] Australian.
Je suis avocat.I am [a] lawyer.

This is an exception to the normal rule.

There is both a masculine and a feminine form of saying your nationalityfor males and females respectively:

Il est australien.He is [an] Australian.
Elle est australienne.She is [an] Australian.

Supplementary vocabulary · Nationalities · Les nationalités

Nationalities are not capitalized as often in French as they are in English. If you are referring to a person, as in an Arab person or a Chinese person, the French equivalent is un Arabe or un Chinois. However, if you are referring to the Arabic language or Chinese language, the French would not capitalize: l'arabe, le chinois. If the nationality is used as an adjective, it is normally left uncapitalized: un livre chinois, un tapis arabe.

(listen: one · two)
MasculineFeminineEnglish
allemandallemandeGerman
américainaméricaineAmerican
anglaisanglaiseEnglish
australienaustralienneAustralian
belgebelgeBelgian
birmanbirmaneBurmese
brésilienbrésilienneBrazilian
britanniquebritanniqueBritish
cambodgiencambodgienneCambodian
canadiencanadienneCanadian
chinoischinoiseChinese
coréencoréenneKorean
écossaisécossaiseScottish
espagnolespagnoleSpanish
finlandaisfinlandaiseFinnish
françaisfrançaiseFrench
indienindienneIndian
indonésienindonésienneIndonesian
iranieniranienneIranian
irlandaisirlandaiseIrish
israëlienisraëlienneIsraeli
italienitalienneItalian
japonaisjaponaiseJapanese
malaisienmalaisienneMalaysian
mauricienmauricienneMauritian
néerlandaisnéerlandaiseDutch
philippinphilippineFilipino
portugaisportugaisePortuguese
singapouriensingapourienneSingaporean
suédoissuédoiseSwedish
suissesuisseSwiss
thaïlandaisthaïlandaiseThai
vénézuélienvénézuélienneVenezuelan
vietnamienvietnamienneVietnamese

Supplementary vocabulary · Professions

l'agriculteur (m)
l'agricultrice (f)
[a.ɡʁi.kyl.tœʁ]
/a.ɡʁi.kyl.tʁis/
farmer
l'architecte (m or f) /aʁʃitɛkt/ architect
l'avocat (m) /a.vɔ.ka/ lawyer
le/la comptable /kɔ̃.tabl/ accountant
le cuisinier
le chef
la cuisinière
la cheffe
[[:Media:Fr-cuisinier.ogg|]]
/ʃɛf/
[[:Media:Fr-cuisinière.ogg|]]
/ʃɛf/
cook
le/la dentiste /dɑ̃tist/ dentist
l'écrivain (m)
l'écrivaine (f)
/e.kʁi.vɛ̃/
/e.kʁi.vɛn/
writer
le/la fonctionnaire /fɔ̃k.sjɔ.nɛʁ/ civil servant
le garçon
le serveur
la serveuse
/ɡaʁsɔ̃/
/sɛʁ.vœʁ/
/sɛʁ.vøz/
waiter
waitress
le gardien /ɡaʁ.djɛ̃/ guard
l'homme d'affaires (m)
le businessman
la businesswoman
/ɔm d‿a.fɛʁ/
/biz.nɛz.man/
businessperson
l'informaticien (m)
l'informaticienne (f)
/ɛ̃.fɔʁ.ma.ti.sjɛ̃/
/ɛ̃.fɔʁ.ma.ti.sjɛn/
computer specialist, IT worker
l'ingénieur (m)
l'ingénieure (f)
/ɛ̃.ʒe.njœʁ/ engineer
l'interprète (m or f) /ɛ̃.tɛʁ.pʁɛt/ interpreter
le/la journaliste /ʒuʁ.na.list/ journalist
le/la juge /ʒyʒ/ judge
le marchand
la marchande
/maʁ.ʃɑ̃/
/maʁ.ʃɑ̃d/
merchant
le médecin /me.də.sɛ̃/ doctor
le musicien
la musicienne
/my.zi.sjɛ̃/
/my.zi.sjɛn/
musician
le/la peintre /pɛ̃tʁ/ painter
le pharmacien
la pharmacienne
/faʁ.ma.sjɛ̃/
/faʁ.ma.sjɛn/
pharmacist, chemist
le plombier /plɔ̃.bje/ plumber
le policier
la policière
/pɔ.li.sje/
police officer
le politicien
la politicienne
/pɔ.li.ti.sjɛ̃/
/pɔ.li.ti.sjɛn/
politician
le pompier /pɔ̃.pje/ firefighter
le postier /pɔstje/ postal worker
le professeur /pʁɔ.fɛ.sœʁ/ teacher, professor
le/la psychiatre /psi.kjatʁ/ psychiatrist
le soldat
la soldate
/sɔl.da/
/sɔl.dat/
soldier
le traducteur
la traductrice
/tʁa.dyk.tœʁ/
/tʁa.dyk.tʁis/
translator
le vendeur
la vendeuse
/vɑ̃dœʁ/
/vɑ̃.døz/
salesperson

Supplementary grammar · From · De

The preposition de /də/ means from:

Il est de Paris.He is from Paris.

De becomes d' before a vowel, due to elision:

Nous sommes d'Orléans.We are from Orléans.

The definite article is included with countries:

Vous êtes de la Suisse ?Are you from Switzerland?

The contraction du /dy/ is used in place of de le:

Elles sont du Luxembourg.They are from Luxembourg.

Likewise, the contraction des /de/ is used in place of de les:

Nous sommes des Pays-Bas.We are from the Netherlands.

De also has other translations, which depend on context. For example, it is used to indicate an amount:

5 kilos de pommes5 kilograms of apples

Examples

Le fromage est de l'Espagne. The cheese is from Spain.
Elle est d’une famille pauvre. She is from a poor family.
Le vent est de l'ouest. The wind is from the west.
C'est du nord de la France. It's from the north of France.

Supplementary vocabulary · Countries

Supplementary grammar · At · À

The preposition à /a/ means at or in:

Nous sommes à la maison.We are at home.
Il est à l'hôtel.He is at the hotel.

The contraction au /o/ is used in place of à le:

Je suis au bar.I am at (in) the bar.

Likewise, the contraction aux /o/ is used in place of à les.

J'habite aux Etats-Unis.I live in the United States.

À also has other translations, which depend on context. For example, when used with je vaisI am going , à means to:

Je vais à Paris.I am going to Paris.
Je vais au bureau.I am going to the office.

Exercises

ExerciseTranslation of places

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

le magasin the store
la gare the train station
le bureau the office
la maison the house
la banque the bank
le bar the bar
l'hôtel the hotel
l'école the school
ExerciseTranslation of places

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

the school l'école
the hotel l'hôtel
the bar le bar
the train station la gare
the store le magasin
the house la maison
the office le bureau
the bank la banque
ExerciseFill in the blank using être

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with the correct form of être.

nous ______ nous sommes
elle ______ elle est
tu ______ tu es
il ______ il est
elles ______ elles sont
vous ______ vous êtes
je ______ je suis
ils ______ ils sont
nous ______ nous sommes
tu ______ tu es
on ______ on est
ils ______ ils sont
nous ______ nous sommes
je ______ je suis
vous ______ vous êtes
on ______ on est
elles ______ elles sont
vous ______ vous êtes
ExerciseWorking with the dialogue
  • Translate the dialogue to English with the help of the lists of vocabulary. Write your translation on a piece of paper before you check it.
  • Listen to the recording without reading and try to understand the meaning of the words. If you cannot remember some words, look them up and start again.
  • Read the dialogue aloud. Compare your pronunciation with the pronunciation of the recording.
  • Listen to the recording without reading and write down the dialogue in French. Pause the playback after each sentence to write down what you have heard. Repeat this exercise until you know the spelling of the French words.

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseTranslation of professions

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

le/la dentiste dentist
le postier postal worker
le politicien politician
le policier police officer
le garçon waiter
le gardien guard
le musicien musician
le professeur teacher, professor
l'écrivain writer
le vendeur salesperson
l'homme d'affaires businessperson
le marchand merchant
le soldat soldier
le/la fonctionnaire civil servant
l'informaticien computer specialist, IT worker
le plombier plumber
l'ingénieur engineer
l'interprète interpreter
le/la comptable accountant
le peintre painter
le pompier firefighter
le traducteur translator
le journaliste journalist
le juge judge
l'avocat lawyer
le médecin doctor
l'agriculteur farmer
le pharmacien pharmacist, chemist
l'architecte architect
le cuisinier cook
le psychiatre psychiatrist
ExerciseTranslation of professions

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

lawyer l'avocat
soldier le soldat
firefighter le pompier
politician le politicien
writer l'écrivain
translator le traducteur
engineer l'ingénieur
businessperson l'homme d'affaires
civil servant le/la fonctionnaire
police officer le policier
waiter le garçon
plumber le plombier
guard le gardien
psychiatrist le psychiatre
pharmacist, chemist le pharmacien
salesperson le vendeur
computer specialist, IT worker l'informaticien
farmer l'agriculteur
musician le musicien
journalist le journaliste
judge le juge
merchant le marchand
doctor le médecin
architect l'architecte
accountant le/la comptable
painter le peintre
cook le cuisinier
postal worker le postier
interpreter l'interprète
teacher, professor le professeur
dentist le/la dentiste
ExerciseTranslation of European countries

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

l'Italie Italy
la Pologne Poland
les Pays-Bas Netherlands
la France France
l'Estonie Estonia
l'Allemagne Germany
l'Andorre Andorra
la Chypre Cyprus
la Roumanie Romania
l'Ukraine Ukraine
la Hongrie Hungary
Le Royaume-Uni United Kingdom
Malte Malta
l'Autriche Austria
la Suisse Switzerland
la Russie Russia
la Finlande Finland
l'Espagne Spain
la République tchèque Czechia
le Portugal Portugal
la Belgique Belgium
l'Islande Iceland
la Slovénie Slovenia
la Grande-Bretagne Great Britain
la Norvège Norway
la Slovaquie Slovakia
l'Irlande Ireland
le Danemark Denmark
la Grèce Greece
la Bulgarie Bulgaria
la Monaco Monaco
la Moldavie Moldova
la Biélorussie Belarus
le Luxembourg Luxembourg
la Lituanie Lithuania
la Lettonie Latvia
la Suède Sweden
ExerciseTranslation of European countries

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

Portugal le Portugal
Italy l'Italie
France la France
Malta Malte
Ireland l'Irlande
Netherlands les Pays-Bas
Slovakia la Slovaquie
Spain l'Espagne
Estonia l'Estonie
Germany l'Allemagne
Ukraine l'Ukraine
United Kingdom Le Royaume-Uni
Austria l'Autriche
Switzerland la Suisse
Monaco la Monaco
Russia la Russie
Finland la Finlande
Czechia la République tchèque
Belgium la Belgique
Iceland l'Islande
Slovenia la Slovénie
Great Britain la Grande-Bretagne
Hungary la Hongrie
Norway la Norvège
Denmark le Danemark
Romania la Roumanie
Greece la Grèce
Cyprus la Chypre
Bulgaria la Bulgarie
Andorra l'Andorre
Moldova la Moldavie
Belarus la Biélorussie
Luxembourg le Luxembourg
Lithuania la Lituanie
Latvia la Lettonie
Sweden la Suède
Poland la Pologne
ExerciseFill in the blank using à

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with à la, à l', or au.

Nous sommes ___ école. Nous sommes à l'école.
Nous sommes ___ bureau. Nous sommes au bureau.
Nous sommes ___ magasin. Nous sommes au magasin.
Nous sommes ___ banque. Nous sommes à la banque.
Nous sommes ___ gare. Nous sommes à la gare.
Nous sommes ___ maison. Nous sommes à la maison.
Nous sommes ___ hôtel. Nous sommes à l'hôtel.
Nous sommes ___ bar. Nous sommes au bar.
ExerciseFill in the blank using de

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with de, d de la, de l, du, or des.

Nous sommes ___ Pays-Bas. Nous sommes des Pays-Bas.
Elles sont ___ Luxembourg. Elles sont du Luxembourg.
Nous sommes ___ Orléans. Nous sommes d'Orléans.
Vous êtes ___ Suisse ? Vous êtes de la Suisse ?
Il est ___ Paris. Il est de Paris.
ExerciseFill in the blank using de and countries with many English speakers

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with de la, de l', du, or des.

Nous sommes ___ Australie. Nous sommes de l'Australie.
Nous sommes ___ Nigeria. Nous sommes du Nigeria.
Nous sommes ___ États-Unis. Nous sommes des États-Unis.
Nous sommes ___ Philippines. Nous sommes des Philippines.
Nous sommes ___ Canada. Nous sommes du Canada.
Nous sommes ___ Inde. Nous sommes de l'Inde.
Nous sommes ___ Royaume-Uni. Nous sommes du Royaume-Uni.
ExerciseFill in the blank using de and European countries

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with de la, de l', du, or des.

Nous sommes ____ Portugal. Nous sommes du Portugal.
Nous sommes ____ Italie. Nous sommes de l' Italie.
Nous sommes ____ France. Nous sommes de la France.
Nous sommes ____ Irlande. Nous sommes de l' Irlande.
Nous sommes ____ Pays-Bas. Nous sommes des Pays-Bas.
Nous sommes ____ Slovaquie. Nous sommes de la Slovaquie.
Nous sommes ____ Espagne. Nous sommes de l' Espagne.
Nous sommes ____ Estonie. Nous sommes de l' Estonie.
Nous sommes ____ Allemagne. Nous sommes de l' Allemagne.
Nous sommes ____ Ukraine. Nous sommes de l' Ukraine.
Nous sommes ____ Royaume-Uni. Nous sommes du Royaume-Uni.
Nous sommes ____ Autriche. Nous sommes de l' Autriche.
Nous sommes ____ Suisse. Nous sommes de la Suisse.
Nous sommes ____ Monaco. Nous sommes de la Monaco.
Nous sommes ____ Russie. Nous sommes de la Russie.
Nous sommes ____ Finlande. Nous sommes de la Finlande.
Nous sommes ____ République tchèque. Nous sommes de la République tchèque.
Nous sommes ____ Belgique. Nous sommes de la Belgique.
Nous sommes ____ Islande. Nous sommes de l' Islande.
Nous sommes ____ Slovénie. Nous sommes de la Slovénie.
Nous sommes ____ Grande-Bretagne. Nous sommes de la Grande-Bretagne.
Nous sommes ____ Hongrie. Nous sommes de la Hongrie.
Nous sommes ____ Norvège. Nous sommes de la Norvège.
Nous sommes ____ Danemark. Nous sommes du Danemark.
Nous sommes ____ Roumanie. Nous sommes de la Roumanie.
Nous sommes ____ Grèce. Nous sommes de la Grèce.
Nous sommes ____ Chypre. Nous sommes de la Chypre.
Nous sommes ____ Bulgarie. Nous sommes de la Bulgarie.
Nous sommes ____ Andorre. Nous sommes de l' Andorre.
Nous sommes ____ Moldavie. Nous sommes de la Moldavie.
Nous sommes ____ Biélorussie. Nous sommes de la Biélorussie.
Nous sommes ____ Luxembourg. Nous sommes du Luxembourg.
Nous sommes ____ Lituanie. Nous sommes de la Lituanie.
Nous sommes ____ Lettonie. Nous sommes de la Lettonie.
Nous sommes ____ Suède. Nous sommes de la Suède.
Nous sommes ____ Pologne. Nous sommes de la Pologne.

Lesson 1.03 - Description

By the end of this lesson, you should understand:
C'est un ouvrage intéressant.

and possibly understand:

Cette personne-là est extrêmement polie.

Dialogue

Grammar · Adjectives · Les adjectifs

Like articles, French adjectives match the nouns that they modify in gender and plurality.

Regular formation

Most adjective changes occur in the following manner:

Pronunciation

Generally, the final consonant is pronounced only when it comes before an -e. Most adjectives, such as those above, are affected by this rule.

With plural adjectives, the -s ending is not pronounced, so the adjective will sound exactly the same as the singular form.

Supplementary grammar · Exceptions and irregularities

Adjectives that end in e in the masculine form do not change in gender. When an adjective, such as gros, ends in -s, it does not change in the masculine plural form. Sometimes the final consonant is doubled in the feminine form.

Masculine ending Feminine ending Examples
-e -e difficile, inutile, juste, libre, musculaire, passible, propre, rare, solide, superbe, volontaire
-n -n zen
-c -che blanc, franc
-eau -elle beau, nouveau
-el -elle démentiel, habituel, individuel
-er -ère dernier, fier, gaucher, premier
-et -ète complet
-eur -euse accrocheur, joueur, prometteur
-eux -euse chanceux, ennuyeux, miraculeux, sérieux, talentueux
-g -gue long
-if -ive décisif, défensif, définitif, offensif, poussif, sportif
-n -nne aérien, bon, européen, moyen
-s -sse gros
-ul -ulle nul

Vocabulary · Describing people · Décrire des personnes

Masculine singular Feminine singular Masculine plural Feminine plural
Size and weight
Il est petit.Elle est petite.Ils sont petits.Elles sont petites.
Il est grand.Elle est grande.Ils sont grands.Elles sont grandes.
Il est maigre.Elle est maigre.Ils sont maigres.Elles sont maigres.
Il est gros.Elle est grosse.Ils sont gros.Elles sont grosses.
Hair color
Il est blond.Elle est blonde.Ils sont blonds.Elles sont blondes.
Il est brun.Elle est brune.Ils sont bruns.Elles sont brunes.
Attitude and personality
Il est intelligent.Elle est intelligente.Ils sont intelligents.Elles sont intelligentes.
Il est intéressant.Elle est intéressante.Ils sont intéressants.Elles sont intéressantes.
Il est amusant.Elle est amusante.Ils sont amusants.Elles sont amusantes.

Vocabulary · Adverbs expressing degree

assez /a.se/ rather, enough
très /tʁɛ/ very C’est un homme très dynamique. It's a very energetic man.
vraiment /vʁɛ.mɑ̃/ truly, really Il est vraiment intelligent. He is really intelligent.
extrêmement /ɛk.stʁɛm.mɑ̃/ extremely C’est un homme extrêmement poli. This is an extremely polite man.
fort /fɔʁ/ strongly

Vocabulary · Common adjectives

Attitude and personality
sympa(s)
sympathique(s)
/sɛ̃.pa/
/sɛ̃.pa.tik/
nice, likable, pretty
nice, friendly, sympathetic
C’est un hôtel sympa. It's a nice hotel.
amusant(e)(s) /a.my.zɑ̃/ funny C'est une comédie amusante.
C'est un livre amusant.
It's a funny comedy.
It is a fun book.
intelligent(e)(s) /ɛ̃teliʒɑ̃/ intelligent
intéressant(e)(s) /ɛ̃.te.ʁɛ.sɑ̃/ interesting C'est un ouvrage intéressant. It's an interesting work.
patient(e)(s) /pa.sjɑ̃/ patient
sociable(s) /sɔ.sjabl/ sociable L’homme est un animal sociable. Man is a social animal.
timide(s) /ti.mid/ timid, shy Il est timide avec les femmes. He is shy with women.
dynamique(s) energetic C’est un homme très dynamique. It's a very energetic man.
gentil(le)(s) /ʒɑ̃ti/ kind, gentle, cute, charming C’est une gentille petite ville. It's a charming little town.
strict(e)(s) /stʁikt/ strict
fort(e)(s) /fɔʁ/ strong, skilled Léon est vraiment grand et fort. Léon is truly big and strong.
Size and weight
gros(se)(s) /ɡʁɔ/ fat
petit(e)(s) /pǝ.ti/ small, little un petit verre de vin
un petit garçon
a small glass of wine
a little boy
de taille moyenne /mwa.jɛ̃/ average
grand(e)(s) /ɡʁɑ̃/ tall, big
Actions
bon(ne)(s) /bɔ̃/ good, right C'est un bon livre. It's a good book.
mauvais(e)(s) /mo.vɛ/ bad, wrong Karl est mauvais orateur. Karl is a bad orator.
Difficulty
facile(s) /fa.sil/ easy C’est une chose facile. It's easy. (It's an easy thing.)
difficile(s) /difisil/ difficult C'est un travail difficile. It's hard work.

Supplementary examples

une physionomie sympathique
une physionomie intéressante
a friendly face
an interesting face
C’est un homme d’une conversation amusante. This is a man of amusing conversation.
Cette jeune personne est fort intéressante. This young lady is very interesting.
L’homme est un être intelligent. Man is an intelligent being.
C'est une pièce intéressante, sur un sujet intéressant. It's an interesting play, on an interesting topic.
Je suis fort en anglais. I am good at English.
le gros bout et le petit bout the big end and the little end
C’est un homme de petite taille.
Yves est de taille moyen.
This is a man of small size.
Yves is of average size.
l’âge moyen de la population française the average age of the French population
Ce meuble est de bon goût. This item of furniture is tasteful. lit: This item of furniture is of good taste.
Elle est de bonne humeur.
Elle est de mauvaise humeur.
She's in a good mood.
She's in a bad mood.
lit: She is of good mental state.
Cet air est mauvais pour vous. This air is bad for you.
L’exécution en est facile. The execution (of it) is easy.
C'est un cheval difficile. It's a difficult horse.
Quelle bonne idée ! What a good idea!
Vous êtes trop bon(s). You're too good.
Cette phrase est facile à traduire. This sentence is easy to translate.
C'est un problème difficile à résoudre. It is a difficult problem to solve.
C'est une entreprise difficile à exécuter. It is a difficult task to perform.
Amélie est la personne la plus amusante au monde.
Hector est l’homme le plus patient au monde.
Amelie is the funniest person in the world.
Hector is the most patient man in the world.
Les souris sont moins grosses que les rats. Mice are leaner than rats. lit: Mice are less fat than rats.

Grammar · Demonstrative adjectives

The adjectives ce, cet, and cette mean this or that, and the adjective ces means these or those.

The adjective used must agree in gender and plurality with the noun it modifies:

Singular Plural
Masculine Ce Ces
Masculine, beginning with a vowel or silent h Cet
Feminine Cette

To be more precise or to avoid ambiguity, -cihere or -làthere can be inserted after the noun:

cet homme-cithis man
cet homme-làthat man

Examples

Ce vin est mauvais. This wine is bad. le vin is maculine
Ce garçon est patient. This boy is patient. le garçon is masculine
Cet enfant est fort intelligent. This child is very intelligent. l'enfant is masculine, but begins with a vowel
Cet homme est poli. This man is polite. l'homme is masculine, but begins with a silent h
Cette personne est très sympathique. This person is very nice. la personne is feminine
Ces femmes sont amusantes. These women are funny. les femmes is plural

Supplementary vocabulary · More descriptions of people

calme(s) kalm/ calm
curieux (curieuse(s)) /ky.ʁjø/ curious un esprit curieux an inquiring mind
différent(e)(s) /difeʁɑ̃/ different
doux (douce(s)) /du/ mild, soft, gentle
énervé(e)(s) /e.nɛʁ.ve/ irritated
handicapé(e)(s) /ɑ̃.di.ka.pe/ handicapped
inséparable(s) /ɛ̃.se.pa.ʁabl/ inseparable Les deux amis sont inséparables. The two friends are inseparable.
jaloux (jalouse(s)) /ʒa.lu/ jealous
muet(s) (muette(s)) /mɥɛ/ mute
poli(e)(s) /pɔ.li/ polite C’est un homme extrêmement poli. This is an extremely polite man.
propre(s) /pʁɔpʁ/ proper, suitable la signification propre d’un mot the proper meaning of a word
roux (rousse(s)) /ʁu/ ginger, red (hair) une femme aux cheveux roux. a woman with red hair
sage(s) /saʒ/ prudent, cautious, judicious un sage homme, une sage politique a wise man, a wise policy
sérieux (sérieuse(s)) /se.ʁjø/ serious un homme sérieux, une conversation sérieuse a serious man, a serious conversation
sourd(e)(s) /suʁ/ deaf Il est sourd et muet. He is deaf and mute.
tranquille(s) /tʁɑ̃.kil/ calm, quiet Cet enfant est très tranquille.
La mer est tranquille.
This child is very quiet.
The sea is calm.

Examples

Ce sont deux hommes bien différents. These are two very different men.
Cette laine est vraiment très douce. This wool is very soft.
Les noms sont inséparables des choses. Names are inseparable from things.
Certains devoirs sont inséparables de certaines fonctions. Some duties are inseparable from certain functions.
Ce bois est propre à la construction. This wood is suitable for construction.
Les voisins sont fort tranquilles. The neighbors are very quiet.

Dialogue

Exercises

ExerciseRegular gender and plurality

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

un homme petitune femme _______ un homme petitune femme petite
un ami blonddes amis _______ un ami blonddes amis blonds
un garçon amusantune fille _______ un garçon amusantune fille amusante
des hommes patientsdes personnes _______ des hommes patientsdes personnes patientes
ExerciseIrregular gender and plurality

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

un homme sympaune femme _______ un homme sympaune femme sympa
un ami sympathiquedes amis _______ un ami sympathiquedes amis sympathiques
un garçon gentilune fille _______ un garçon gentilune fille gentille
des hommes grosdes personnes _______ des hommes grosdes personnes grosses

Lesson 1.04 - Family

By the end of this lesson, you should understand:
Elle est la sœur de Michel.
Nous avons trois frères.

and possibly understand:

Combien de personnes y a-t-il à votre bureau ?
Il est le cousin de ma grandmère.

Vocabulary review · First fifty cardinal numbers

zéro /ze.ʁɔ/ 0
un(e) /œ̃/ , /yn/ 1
deux /dø/ 2
trois /tʀwa/ 3
quatre /katʁ/ 4
cinq [[:Media:Fr-cinq-fr.ogg|]] 5
six /sis/ 6
sept /sɛt/ 7
huit /ɥit/ 8
neuf /nœf/ 9
dix /dis/ 10
onze /ɔ̃z/ 11
douze /duz/ 12
treize /tʁɛz/ 13
quatorze /ka.tɔʁz/ 14
quinze /kɛ̃z/ 15
seize /sɛz/ 16
dix-sept /dis.sɛt/ 17
dix-huit /dis.ɥit/ 18
dix-neuf /dis.nœf/ 19
vingt /vɛ̃/ 20
vingt et un, vingt-et-un /vɛ̃ -te-œ̃/ 21
vingt-[deux - neuf] 22-29
trente /tʁɑ̃t/ 30
trente et un, trente-et-un /tʁɑ̃.t‿e œ̃/ 31
trente-[deux - neuf] 32-39
quarante /ka.ʁɑ̃t/ 40
cinquante /sɛ̃.kɑ̃t/ 50

Dialogue

Grammar · To have · Avoir

Avoir, meaning to have, is conjugated irregularly.

Formation

avoir  /a.vwaʁ/ (ah-vwahr) to have
j'ai /e/ (ay) I have
tu as /a/ (ah) you have
il a /a/ (ah) he has
nous avons /a.vɔ̃/ (ah-voh(n)) we have
vous avez /a.ve/ (ah-vay) you have
ils ont /ɔ̃/ (oh(n)) they have
eu /y/ had

Remember to liaison between "nous avons", "vous avez", and "ils ont/elles ont".

Examples

J'ai deux stylos. I have two pens.
Tu as trois frères. You have three brothers.
Il a une idée. He has an idea.

Expressing age

Avoir is used to express age.

Tu as quel âge ? How old are you? lit: You have what age?
J'ai trente ans. I'm thirty (years old) lit: I have thirty years.

Interrogatives

The above uses avoir affirmatively. You can also use it interrogatively. A small complication arises, in that without some help, the result does not sound very good. The use of an euphonic (pleasing to the ear) is used with vowels before the pronoun. Thus, the letter -t- is placed between the verb and the pronoun:

Ai-je ? (Have I ?)
As-tu ? (Have you ?) informal (hast thou)
A-t-il ? (Has he ?)
A-t-elle ? (Has she ?)
Avons nous ? (Have we ?)
Avez vous ? (Have you ?) formal
Ont ils ? (Have they ?) masculine
Ont elles ? (Have they ?) feminine

The use of liaison fullfils the euphonic for "ont".

Examples:

A-t-il la farine ? Oui, Monsieur, il a la farine.
Avons nous la viande ? Oui, Monsieur, nous avons la viande et le pain.
Avez vous la table ? Oui, Madame, j'ai la table.

Vocabulary · Immediate family

ma famille /fa.mij/ my family
les parents /pa.'ʁɑ̃/ parents
la mère /mɛʁ/ mother
le père [pɛʁ] father
la femme /fam/ wife
le mari /ma.ʁi/ husband
la sœur /sœʁ/ sister
le frère /fʁɛʁ/ brother
l'enfant (m or f) /ɑ̃.fɑ̃/ child
les enfants /ɑ̃.fɑ̃/ children
la fille /fij/ daughter
le fils /fis/ son

Grammar · Possession and association

The preposition de /də/ (duh) is used to express possession or association:

le frère de Michelthe brother of Michel

De can also be translated as 's:

le frère de MichelMichel's brother
les Œuvres de FermatFermat’s Works

Recall that du /dy/ replaces de le, and des /dɛ/ replaces de les.

Examples

Il est le voisin de Gabriel. He is Gabriel's neighbor.
Elle est la femme du comptable. She is the accountant's wife.
Paris est la capitale de la France. Paris is France's capital.

Supplementary grammar · Possessive adjectives · Les adjectifs possessifs

Formation

First person Second person Third person
Singular mon (m)
ma (f)
mes
/mɔ̃/
/ma/
/me/
 my  ton (m)
ta (f)
tes
/tɔ̃/
/ta/
/te/
your (tu form) son (m)
sa (f)
ses
/sɔ̃/
/sa/
/sɛ/
 his, her, its 
Plural notre
nos
/nɔ.tʁ/
/no/
 our  votre
vos
/vɔ.tʁ/
/vo/
your (vous form) leur
leurs
/lœʁ/
/lœʁ/
 their 

Usage

Possessive adjective are used to express possession of an object.

C'est mon livre.It's my book.

In English the possessive adjective agrees with the subject (his sister, her brother). But in French, possessive adjectives act like all other adjectives: they must agree with the noun they modify.

Masculine noun
le frère
Feminine noun
la sœur
le frère de Marc
Marc's brother
son frère
his brother
la sœur de Marc
Marc's sister
sa sœur
his sister
les frères de Marc
Marc's brothers
ses frères
his brothers
les sœurs de Marc
Marc's sisters
ses sœurs
his sisters
le frère de Marie
Marie's brother
son frère
her brother
la sœur de Marie
Marie's sister
sa sœur
her sister
les frères de Marie
Marie's brothers
ses frères
her brothers
les sœurs de Marie
Marie's sisters
ses sœurs
her sisters

Whether son, sa and ses translate to his or her is indicated by context:

Oui, elle a son livre.Yes, she has her book.

Notre, votre, and leur modify singular nouns, regardless of gender; nos, vos, and leurs modify plural nouns:

l'appartement (m) : C'est notre appartement.It's our apartment.
la maison: C'est notre maison.It's our house.

Liaison and adjective changes

Liaison occurs when mon, ton, and son are followed by a vowel.

Il est monnami. He is my friend.
Il est tonnami. He is your friend.
Il est sonnami. He is his/her friend.

Liaison also occurs with all plural forms, since they all end in s.

Ils sont meszamis. They are my friends.
Ils sont noszamis. They are our friends.

Mon, ton, and son are used before a feminine singular noun that starts with a vowel or silent h:

[[wikt:Elle est mon<sub>n</sub>amie.|Elle est monnamie.]]She is my friend.

Examples

Ton écriture est jolie. Your writing is nice. l'écriture is feminine, but begins with a vowel
J’ai son livre. I have his/her book. le livre is masculine
Elle est la femme de mon ami. She's my friend's wife. l'ami is maculine

Supplementary grammar · Questions

Recall that the expression il y a /i.lja/ means there is … or there are …:

Il y a un problème.There is a problem.
Il y a des livres.There are books.

The interrogative form of il y a is y a-t-il /i aˈt̪il/. That is, il y a is inverted to y a-t-il, meaning is there? or are there?, within questions:

Y a-t-il un problème ?Is there a problem?
Y a-t-il des magasins près d'ici ?Are there shops near here?

Both How much … and How many … are translated as Combien de … .

If the person or thing it refers to is countable, combien de is always followed by a plural noun:

Combien de personnes y a-t-il à votre bureau ?How many people are there in your office ?
Vous avez combien de frères ?You have how many brothers?

However, with uncountable nouns, such as l'eauwater /o/ and l'argentmoney /aʁ.ʒɑ̃/, the singular form is used:

Vous avez combien d’argent ?You have how much money?

As with il y a, other nouns and verbs can be inverted within questions. For example, vous avez …you have … can become … avez-vous ?… do you have? :

Combien de frères avez-vous ?How many brothers do you have?
Combien avez-vous d’argent ?How much money do you have?

Examples

Tu as combien de livres ? You have how many books?
Combien d’argent avez-vous sur votre compte d’épargne ? How much money do you have in your account?
Combien y a-t-il de personnes ? How many people are there?
Avez-vous tous vos bagages ? Do you have all your baggage?
Y a-t-il beaucoup de pièces ? Are there many rooms?

Supplementary vocabulary · Extended family · La famille éloignée

le grand-parent /ɡʁɑ̃.pa.ʁɑ̃/ grandparent l’un des deux grands-pères ou l’une des deux grands-mères d’une personne one of two grandfathers and one of the two grandmothers of a person
la grand-mère (paternelle, maternelle) /ɡʁɑ̃.mɛʁ/ grandmother mère du père ou de la mère d’une personne mother of the father or of the mother of a person
le grand-père (paternel, maternel) /ɡʁɑ̃.pɛʁ/ grandfather père du père ou de la mère d’une personne father of the father or of the mother of a person
les petits-enfants /pə.ti.zɑ̃.fɑ̃/ grandchildren les enfants du fils ou de la fille d'une personne the children of the son or of the daughter of a person
le petit-fils /pə.ti.fis/ grandson fils du fils ou de la fille d'une personne son of the son or of the daughter of a person
la petite-fille /pə.tit.fij/ granddaughter fille de l’enfant d’une personne daughter of the child of a person
l'oncle
le tonton
/ɔ̃kl/
/tɔ̃.tɔ̃/
uncle frère ou beau-frère du père ou de la mère d’une personne brother or brother-in-law of the father or of the mother of a person
la tante
la tatie
/tɑ̃t/
/ta.ti/
aunt sœur du père ou de la mère d’une personne, ou femme de l’oncle d’une personne sister of the father or of the mother of a person, or wife of the uncle of a person
le neveu /nə.vø/ nephew fils du frère ou de la sœur d’une personne son of the brother or of the sister of a person
la nièce /njɛs/ niece fille du frère ou de la sœur d’une personne daughter of the brother or of the sister of a person
le cousin
la cousine
/ku.zɛ̃/
/ku.zin/
cousin fils ou fille de l’oncle ou de la tante d’une personne son or daughter of the uncle or of the aunt of a person

To speak about complex family relations, you use de mon, de ma, and de mes:

le cousin de ma grandmèremy grandmother's cousin .

Examples

Cette grand-mère a déjà cinq petits-enfants. This grandmother already has five grandchildren.

Dialogue

Exercises

ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

la sœur sister
le père father
le fils son
la femme wife
les enfants children
le mari husband
ma famille my family
la fille daughter
le frère brother
les parents parents
l'enfant child
la mère mother
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

daughter la fille
wife la femme
children les enfants
sister la sœur
father le père
husband le mari
brother le frère
parents les parents
mother la mère
my family ma famille
son le fils
child l'enfant
ExerciseFill in the blank using avoir

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with the correct form of avoir.

nous ______ nous avons
elle ______ elle a
tu ______ tu as
il ______ il a
elles ______ elles ont
vous ______ vous avez
je (j') ______ j'ai
ils ______ ils ont
nous ______ nous avons
tu ______ tu as
on ______ on a
ils ______ ils ont
nous ______ nous avons
je (j') ______ j'ai
vous ______ vous avez
on ______ on a
elles ______ elles ont
vous ______ vous avez

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

la nièce niece
le grand-père grandfather
les petits-enfants grandchildren
la tante aunt
le petit-fils grandson
le cousin cousin
la petite-fille granddaughter
l'oncle uncle
ma famille éloignée my extended family
les grand-parents grandparents
le neveu nephew
la grand-mère grandmother
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

grandchildren les petits-enfants
cousin le cousin
grandmother la grand-mère
aunt la tante
my extended family ma famille éloignée
grandson le petit-fils
uncle l'oncle
granddaughter la petite-fille
nephew le neveu
grandparents les grand-parents
niece la nièce
grandfather le grand-père
ExerciseDefinitions

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) State each word described.

fille du frère ou de la sœur une nièce
fils ou fille de l’oncle ou de la tante d’une personne un cousin
sœur du père ou de la mère, ou femme de l’oncle une tante
père du père ou de la mère d’une personne un grand-père
fils du fils ou de la fille d'une personne un petit-fils
mère du père ou de la mère d’une personne une grand-mère
fille de l’enfant d’une personne une petite-fille
frère ou beau-frère du père ou de la mère un oncle
fils du frère ou de la sœur d’une personne un neveu
l’un des deux grands-pères ou l’une des deux grands-mères d’une personne un grand-parent
l’enfant de son fils ou de sa fille un petit-enfant
ExerciseFill in the blank

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Fill in each blank with son, sa, or ses.
la grand-mère de Julie___ grand-mère la grand-mère de Juliesa grand-mère
l'oncle de Denise___ oncle l'oncle de Deniseson oncle
les petits-enfants de Michel___ petits-enfants les petits-enfants de Michelses petits-enfants
la nièce de Jacques___ nièce la nièce de Jacquessa nièce
le grand-père de Zoé___ grand-père le grand-père de Zoéson grand-père
les neveux de Victor___ neveux les neveux de Victorses neveux
la tante de Caroline___ tante la tante de Carolinesa tante
le frère de William___ frère le frère de Williamson frère
l'enfant de Robert___ enfant l'enfant de Robertson enfant


Lesson 1.05 - Recreation

By the end of this lesson, you should understand:
Aimez-vous ce film ? Oui, je l'aime.
Nous jouons aux cartes.

and possibly understand:

Je lui donne le livre.
Il adore jouer aux jeux vidéo.

Dialogue

Grammar · Regular -er verbs · Les verbes en -er

Formation

Most French verbs fall into the category of -er verbs. To conjugate, drop the -er to find the stem or root. Add endings to the root based on the subject and tense.

jouerto play /ʒwe/
Pronoun Ending Verb Pronunciation
je -e joue /ʒu/
tu -es joues /ʒu/
il/elle -e joue /ʒu/
nous -ons jouons /ʒwɔ̃/
vous -ez jouez /ʒu.e/
ils/elles -ent jouent /ʒu/

Pronunciation, elision and liaison

The -e, -es, and -ent endings all have the same silent pronunciation. The -er and -ez endings are pronounced /e/ , and the -ons ending is pronounced /ɔ̃/ .

In all conjugations, je changes to j ' when followed by a vowel or silent h:

J'aime…I like…
J'habite…I live…

In all plural forms, the s at the end of each subject pronoun, normally unpronounced, becomes a z sound and the n of on becomes pronounced when followed by a vowel.

Conjugation examples

Infinitive Stem Present indicative conjugation
First person Second person Third person
aimer aim J' aime Tu aimes Il aime Singular
Nous aimons Vous aimez Ils aiment Plural
parler parl Je parle Tu parles Il parle Singular
Nous parlons Vous parlez Ils parlent Plural
habiter habit J' habite Tu habites Il habite Singular
Nous habitons Vous habitez Ils habitent Plural
écouter écout J' écoute Tu écoutes Il écoute Singular
Nous écoutons Vous écoutez Ils écoutent Plural

Supplementary vocabulary · Common -er verbs

aimer /ɛ.me/ to like J’aime beaucoup ce tableau. I love this painting.
arriver /a.ʁi.ve/ to arrive, to happen
chercher /ʃɛʁʃe/ to look for Je cherche du boulot. I'm looking for some work.
demander /dǝ.mɑ̃.de/ to ask (for)
donner /dɔ.ne/ to give
écouter /ekute/ to listen to J’écoute la radio. I'm listening to the radio.
entrer /ɑ̃t.ʁe/ to enter Il entre dans la salle. He's entering the room.
parler /paʁle/ to speak, to talk Zoé parle couramment le français. Zoé speaks French fluently.
passer /pa.se/ to pass, to spend (time)
porter /pɔʁ.te/ to carry, to wear Quentin porte un sac de blé. Quentin is carrying a bag of wheat.
regarder /ʁǝ.ɡaʁ.de/ to watch
sembler /sɑ̃.ble/ to seem, to resemble
trouver /tʁu.ve/ to find, to surprise

Vocabulary · Places

la bibliothèque /bi.bli.jɔ.tɛk/ library caution: a librairie is a bookshop On est à la bibliothèque publique. We are at the public library.
le parc /paʁk/ park
la piscine /pi.sin/ swimming pool
la plage /plaʒ/ beach
le restaurant /ʁɛs.to.ʁɑ̃/ restaurant On dîne au restaurant français. We are dining at the French restaurant.
la salle de concert concert hall
le cinéma
la salle de cinéma
/si.ne.ma/ cinema
le casino
la maison de jeu
/ka.zi.no/ casino Les jeux de casino sont des bons exemples de jeu de hasard. Casino games are good examples of games of chance.
la salle de jeux /sal.də.ʒø/ game room, playroom Le casino a six salles de jeu. The casino has six game rooms.
le stade /stad/ stadium
le théâtre /te.atʁ/ theater

Grammar · Direct object pronouns le, la, and les

The direct object pronoun le ( /lə/), meaning it or him, replaces masculine singular direct objects:

Je donne le livre au prof. (I'm giving the book to the teacher.)
Je le donne au prof. (I'm giving it to the teacher.)

La ( /la/), meaning it or her, replaces feminine singular direct objects:

Je donne la calculatrice au prof. (I'm giving the calculator to the teacher.)
Je la donne au prof. (I'm giving it to the teacher.)

Les ( /le/), meaning them, replaces plural direct objects:

Je donne les livres au prof. (I'm giving the books to the teacher.)
Je les donne au prof. (I'm giving them to the teacher.)

Le and la become l' before a vowel:

Aimez-vous le concert ? Oui, je l'aime. (Do you like the concert? Yes, I like it.)

Le, la, and les can replace either people or things:

Aimez-vous le film ? Oui, je l'aime. (Do you like the film? Yes, I like it.)
Aimez-vous l'acteur ? Oui, je l'aime. (Do you like the actor? Yes, I like him.)

Summary

masculine singular direct object le  /lə/ (luh) it, him
feminine singular direct object la  /la/ (lah) it, her
singular direct object, before a vowel l' /l/ it, him, her
plural direct object les  /le/ (lay) them

Examples

Vocabulary · Sports, games, and instruments

The verb jouer /ʒwe/ is a regular -er verb meaning to play. It can be used to refer to sports, games, and instruments.

When referring to sports or games, jouer à … is used; recall that au /o/ replaces à le, and aux /o/ replaces à les:

Je joue au baseball.I'm playing baseball.
Nous jouons aux cartes.We are playing cards.

When referring to instruments, jouer de … is used; recall that du /dy/ replaces de le, and des /dɛ/ replaces de les:

Je joue du piano.I'm playing the piano.

Supplementary vocabulary · Sports

le baseball /bɛz.bol/ baseball
le basket /bas.kɛt/ basketball
le football /fut.bol/ football/soccer Il est un bon joueur de football. He is a good football player.
le football américain /fut.bol a.me.ʁi.kɛ̃/ American football
le golf /gɔlf/ golf
le tennis /te.nis/ tennis
le volley /vɔː.le/ volleyball

Supplementary vocabulary · Games · Les jeux

le jeu (les jeux) /ʒø/ game Nous avons plein de jeux pour les enfants. We have many games for the children.
le jeu de hasard game of chance Poker est un jeu de hasard.
Il joue aux jeux de hasard.
Poker is a game of chance.
He plays games of chance.
le jeu vidéo /ʒø vi.deo/ video game Ce jeu vidéo est très difficile. This video game is very difficult.
le jeu de société /ʒø də sɔ.sje.te/ board game
le jeu de rôle role-playing game
les cartes /kaʁt/ cards
les dames [daːm] checkers/draughts
les échecs /e.ʃɛk/ chess Le jeu d’échecs a des règles complexes. The game of chess has complex rules.
les dés /de/ dice

Supplementary vocabulary · Instruments

la clarinette /kla.ʁi.nɛt/ clarinet Le son de cette clarinette est agréable. The sound of this clarinet is nice.
le piano /pja.nɔ/ piano Elle joue du piano depuis l’âge de trois ans. She plays the piano since the age of three.
la guitare /ɡi.taʁ/ guitar
le violon /vjɔ.lɔ̃/ violin On danse au son du violon. We are dancing to the sound of the violin.
la batterie /batʀi/ drums singular in French

Supplementary grammar · Indirect object pronouns lui and leur

The indirect object pronoun lui /lɥi/ means to him or to her:

Je lui donne le livre.I'm giving the book to him/her.
Je lui donne un coup de main.I'm giving a hand to him/her.

Likewise, the indirect object pronoun leur /lœʁ/ means to them:

Je leur donne le livre.I'm giving the book to them.
Je leur donne un coup de main.I'm giving a hand to them.

Lui replaces à [person]:

Je parle à Jean.I'm speaking to Jean.
Je lui parle.I'm speaking to him.

Likewise, leur replaces à [people]:

Je parle à Jean et Marie.I'm speaking to Jean and Marie.
Je leur parle.I'm speaking to them.

Lui and leur usually only refer to people; they will sometimes also be used in reference to things.

Supplementary grammar · Conjugated verb + infinitive

Like in English, some verbs can be followed by infinitives. Three -er verbs used in this manner are aimer, adorer, and détester:

Nous aimons jouer aux cartes.We like to play cards
Je déteste jouer au golf.I hate playing golf.
Il adore jouer aux jeux vidéo.He loves to play video games.

Supplementary grammar · To have fun · S'amuser

The verb s'amuser means to have fun in English. It is a type of pronominal verb (a verb that includes a pronoun as part of it) called a reflexive verb, which means that the action of the verb is reflected back onto the subject. Literally translated, the verb means To amuse oneself.

Formation

Infinitive Stem Present indicative conjugation
First person Second person Third person
s'amuser amus Je m' amuse Tu t' amuses Il s' amuse Singular
Nous nous amusons Vous vous amusez Ils s' amusent Plural

Dialogue

Exercises

ExerciseFill in the blank using jouer

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with the correct form of jouer.

nous ______ nous jouons
elle ______ elle joue
tu ______ tu joues
il ______ il joue
elles ______ elles jouent
vous ______ vous jouez
je ______ je joue
ils ______ ils jouent
nous ______ nous jouons
tu ______ tu joues
on ______ on joue
ils ______ ils jouent
nous ______ nous jouons
je ______ je joue
vous ______ vous jouez
on ______ on joue
elles ______ elles jouent
vous ______ vous jouez
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

le théâtre theater
le parc park
la piscine swimming pool
la salle de jeux game room, playroom
le restaurant restaurant
le stade stadium
le cinéma
la salle de cinéma
cinema
la plage beach
le casino
la maison de jeu
casino
la salle de concert concert hall
la bibliothèque library
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

restaurant le restaurant
game room, playroom la salle de jeux
theater le théâtre
concert hall la salle de concert
swimming pool la piscine
cinema le cinéma
la salle de cinéma
casino le casino
la maison de jeu
library la bibliothèque
stadium le stade
beach la plage
park le parc

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from French to English.

porter to carry, to wear
donner to give
regarder to watch
écouter to listen to
parler to speak, to talk
entrer to enter
aimer to like
demander to ask (for)
sembler to seem, to resemble
trouver to find, to surprise
passer to pass, to spend (time)
chercher to look for
arriver to arrive, to happen
ExerciseTranslation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate from English to French.

to find, to surprise trouver
to look for chercher
to give donner
to watch regarder
to carry, to wear porter
to speak, to talk parler
to enter entrer
to arrive, to happen arriver
to listen to écouter
to seem, to resemble sembler
to like aimer
to ask (for) demander
to pass, to spend (time) passer
ExerciseFill in the blank using -er verbs

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Fill in each blank with the correct form of the -er verb in parentheses.

nous ______ (parler) nous parlons
elle ______ (chercher) elle cherche
tu ______ (écouter) tu écoutes
il ______ (entrer) il entre
elles ______ (regarder) elles regardent
vous ______ (aimer) vous aimez
je ______ (demander) je demande
ils ______ (sembler) ils semblent
nous ______ (donner) nous donnons
tu ______ (arriver) tu arrives
on ______ (porter) on porte
ils ______ (chercher) ils cherchent
nous ______ (demander) nous demandons
je ______ (regarder) je regarde
vous ______ (sembler) vous semblez
on ______ (aimer) on aime
elles ______ (donner) elles donnent
vous ______ (chercher) vous cherchez


Lesson 1.06 - The House

Dialogue

Vocabulary · Streets and houses

la rue  /ʁy/ (rew) street
chez [person]  /ʃe/ (shay) at the house of [person]
at [person]'s house
Houses
la maison
la maisonnette
 /mɛ.zɔ̃/ (meh-zoh(n))
/mɛ.zɔ.nɛt/ (meh-zoh-neht)
house, home
small house
Elle gouverne bien sa maison. She runs her house well.
l'immeuble (m)  /i.mœbl/ (ee-muhbl) (apartment) building
l'appartement (m)  /a.paʁ.tǝ.mɑ̃/ (ah-pahr-tuh-mah(n)) flat/apartment Il y a dans cet immeuble quatre appartements à louer et quatre logements. There are in this building four apartments for rent and four homes.
Floors
l'étage (m)  /e.taʒ/ (ay-tahzh) level
le rez-de-chaussée  /ʁed.ʃɔ.se/ (rayd-shoh-say) lobby, ground floor
le premier étage
le deuxième étage
le troisième étage
first floor
second floor
third floor
le plain pied /lə plɛ̃ pje/ (luh pla(n) pyuhay) single-story apartment, space of the same floor
de plain pied /də plɛ̃ pje/ (duh pla(n) pyuhay) single-story, same-floor À surface égale, les maisons de plain-pied nécessitent un terrain plus grand.
Il y a six pièces de plain-pied dans cet appartement.
In equal area, the single-story houses require more land.
There are six same-floor rooms in this apartment.
Cities and neighborhoods
le quartier  /kaʁt.je/ (kahrt-yuhay) neighborhood
le centre-ville /sɑ̃tʁ.vil/ (sah(n)tr-veel) downtown Les rues du centre-ville sont très animées. The streets of downtown are very lively.
l'arrondissement (m)  /a.ʁɔ̃.dis.mɑ̃/ (ah-roh(n)-deez-mah(n)) district
la ville  /vil/ (veel) city Il préfère la campagne à la ville. He prefers the countryside to the city
la banlieue /bɑ̃.ljø/ (bah(n)-lyuhew) the suburb
le village  /vi.laʒ/ (vee-lahzh) village
Actions
arriver (à la maison)  /a.ʁi.ve/ (ah-ree-vay) to arrive (home)
rentrer (à la maison)  /ʁɑ̃t.ʁe/ (rah(n)t-ray) to go back home À dix heures le matin, je rentre chez moi. At ten in the morning, I'm going home.
quitter (la maison)
quitter (une salle)
/ki.te/ (kee-tay) to leave (home)
to leave (a room)
habiter  /a.bi.te/ (ah-bee-tay) to reside
donner sur la rue
donner sur la cour
to overlook the street
to overlook the courtyard
Entering and exiting
l'escalier (m)  /ɛs.ka.lje/ (ehs-kah-lyuhay) stairs
l'ascenseur (m)  /a.sɑ̃.sœʁ/ (ah-sah(n)-suhr) elevator/lift
prendre l'ascenseur to take the elevator
la porte  /pɔʁt/ (pohrt) door
l'entrée (f)  /ɑ̃tʁe/ (ah(n)tray) entry(way)

Note that quitter must be followed by a direct object, usually a room or building.

Usage notes · To reside · Habiter

Habiter ( /a.bi.te/), meaning to inhabit, to dwell, or to reside, is used to say in what city or area you live:

Où habitez-vous ? J'habite à Paris. (Where do you live? I live in Paris.)
Ils habitent à la ville, mais nous habitons à la campagne. (They live in the city, but we live in the country.)
Ils habitent en ville, mais nous habitons en banlieue. (They live downtown, but we live in the suburb.)

Habiter is also used more specifically:

L’homme habite un appartement crasseux et sombre. (The man lives in a dirty, dark apartment.)
Elle habite dans une maison neuve. (She lives in a new house.)

Habiter rue … is used to state on what street a person lives:

J'habite Rue Lecourbe. (I live on Lecourbe Street.)
Il habite Rue de Rennes. (He lives on Rennes Street.)

Habiter refers to occupying a location, and does not mean to live more generally. (The irregular vivre is used instead.)

Grammar · To do · Faire

The verb faire is translated to to do or to make. It is irregularly conjugated (it does not count as a regular -re verb).

Formation

faire  /fɛʁ/ (fehr) to do
je fais /fɛ/ (feh) I do
tu fais /fɛ/ (feh) you do
il fait  /fɛ/ (feh) he does
nous faisons /fɛ.zɔ̃/ (feh-zhoh(n)) we do
vous faites /fɛt/ (feht) you do
ils font /fɔ̃/ (foh(n)) they do
fait /fɛ/ done

Examples

Qu'est-ce que tu fais ? What are you doing?
Le chat fait "miaou". Cats go "miaow".
Tu me fais rire. You make me laugh.
La chanson me fait pleurer. The song makes me cry.

Supplementary grammar · Le faire causatif

Faire conjugated, followed by an infinitive, means to have something done for oneself:

Je fais réparer le fourneau. (I make/have the stove repaired.)

Supplementary vocabulary · Derived words

défaire  /defɛʁ/ to demolish, to break, to undo
malfaire to do badly
refaire  /ʁǝ.fɛʁ/ to remake, to redo C’est un homme qui passe sa vie à faire, défaire et refaire. He is a man who spends his life doing, undoing and redoing.
contrefaire /kɔ̃tʁəfɛʁ/ to forge, to imitate
satisfaire to satisfy Cette musique satisfait l’oreille. This music pleases the ear.
parfaire /paʁ.fɛʁ/ to finish
faire attention  /fɛʁ.a.tɑ̃.sjɔ̃/ to pay attention
to heed, to beware
Fais attention à tes propos !
Fais attention à bien parler !
Watch your way!
Be careful to speak well!
faire (la) connaissance to get acquainted Ils font connaissance pendant ce voyage. They're becoming acquainted during this trip.
faire la morale  /fɛʁ la mɔ.ʁal/ to scold
faire la queue /fɛʁ la kø/ to wait in line Je fais la queue pendant trois heures ! I'm waiting in line for three hours!
faire une erreur
faire une faute
to make a mistake
faire confiance  /fɛʁ kɔ̃.fjɑs̃/ to trust Il te demande de lui faire confiance.
Le client fait confiance au mécanicien pour réparer sa voiture.
He asks you to trust him.
The customer trusted the mechanic to fix his car.
faire la fête /fɛʁ la fɛt/ to have a party
faire machine arrière to backpedal
faire noir comme chez le loup
faire noir comme dans un four
to be pitch-dark lit:to be black as in the wolf's lair,
to be black as the inside of an oven
faire la tête /fɛʁ la tɛt/ to give someone the cold shoulder
faire le grand saut to kick the bucket
faire d'une pierre deux coups to kill two birds with one stone
faire la une to hit the headlines
faire l'autruche to ignore what is going on lit: to do the ostrich
faire noir to be dark
faire une montagne d'une taupinière to make a mountain out of a molehill

Vocabulary · Housework · Le ménage

faire la cuisine to do the cooking
faire la lessive  /fɛʁ la lɛ.siv/ to do the laundry
faire le jardin to do the gardening
faire le lit /fɛʁ lə li/ to make the bed Fais ton lit ! Make your bed!
faire le ménage to do the housework, to clean up, to clean out Il fait le ménage sur son Facebook. He's clearing out unwanted things from his Facebook.
faire la vaisselle /fɛʁ la vɛ.sɛl/ to wash up, to do the dishes
faire les courses to do the shopping/errands
faire le repassage to do the ironing

Dialogue · Doing the housework

Grammar · Object pronouns me, te, nous, and vous

The direct object pronouns me, te, nous, and vous mean me, you, and us:

Il te donne un livre. (He's giving you a book.)

Me, te, nous, and vous are also indirect object pronouns, and mean to me, to you, and to us:

Ils nous parlent. (They're speaking to us.)

These pronouns come before the verb they modify:

Il vous aime. (He likes you.)
Il aime vous parler. (He likes to talk to you.)

Me becomes m' and te becomes t' before a vowel:

Il t'aime. (He likes you.)
Il aime t'écouter. (He likes to listen to you.)

Summary

me  /mə/ (muh) me, to me
te /tə/ (tuh) you, to you singular and informal
nous  /nu/ (noo) us, to us
vous  /vu/ (voo) you, to you plural or formal

Examples

Il te cite souvent. He often quotes you.
Je t’envie. I envy you.
Je te donne tout. I give you everything.
Je vous donne mon adresse. I give my address to you.

Supplementary usage notes · In · Dans

The preposition dans ( /dɑ̃/) means in or into, in the sense of inside, from outside, or to inside:

Il habite dans le quartier le plus riche de Paris. (He lives in (inside) the richest district of Paris.)

Dans also means in in the sense of within a period of time:

Il fait deux fois plus d’ouvrage que son frère dans le même temps. (He does two times more work than his brother in the same time.)

As in English, dans describes abstract situations and state:

Il est dans les larmes. (He is in tears.)

Dans can also mean out of or from:

Il prend le beurre dans le réfrigérateur. (He takes the butter out of the refrigerator.)

The preposition en is used instead to indicate in in other senses.

Examples

Dans la forêt, il y a des arbres. In the forest, there are trees.
Il y a du fer dans les lentilles. There is iron in lentils.
Il nage comme un poisson dans l’eau. He swims like a fish in water.
Il est dans la salle à manger. It is in the dining room.
Il est dans sa nature de parler à tort et à travers. It's in his nature to speak indiscriminately.
Dans combien de temps ?
Dans un moment.
How long?
In a moment.
lit: In how much time?

Supplementary vocabulary · Rooms and furniture

Rooms
la pièce
la chambre
 /pjɛs/
 /ʃɑ̃bʁ/
room
le salon  /sa.lɔ̃/ living room, salon Il y a dans cet appartement deux salons, un grand et un petit. There are in this apartment two living rooms, one large and one small.
la cave basement
le grenier attic
la cuisine  /kɥi.zin/ kitchen Où est-il ? Il fait la cuisine dans la cuisine. Where is he? He's cooking in the kitchen.
la salle à manger dining room
la salle de bains bathroom
la chambre à coucher bedroom
le garage garage
les toilettes (f)  /twa.lɛt/ toilet
le bureau office
Parts of a room
le plafond ceiling
le sol /sɔl/ ground
la fenêtre  /fǝ.nɛtʁ/ window
le mur  /myʁ/ wall
le toit  /twa/ roof
Furniture
le rideau curtain
la chaise  /ʃɛz/ chair
la table table
l'armoire (f)  /aʁ.mwaʁ/ cupboard, wardrobe
le lit  /'li/ bed Où est-il ? Il dort dans son lit. Where is he? He's sleeping in his bed.
le tapis  /tapi/ carpet
le fauteuil  /fotœj/ armchair
le bureau  /by.ʁo/ desk J’ai ces papiers sur mon bureau. I have those papers on my desk.

Supplementary vocabulary · Outside a house

la voiture  /vwa.tyʁ/ car
la terrasse  /tɛ.ʁas/ patio
le balcon  /bal.kɔ̃/ balcony
le jardin  /ʒaʁ.dɛ̃/ garden
la fleur  /flœʁ/ flower
l'arbre (m)  /aʁbʁ/ tree
la cour  /kuʁ/ courtyard
le voisin
la voisine
 /vwa.zɛ̃/
 /vwazin/
neighbor

Text · Chez moi

J'habite une villa à Mornant, à côté de Lyon en France. Ma maison a deux chambres : la première pour moi et ma femme avec un grand lit. La deuxième est plus petite : c'est la chambre de mon fils. Nous avons aussi un bureau avec trois ordinateurs : un par personne ! La salle de séjour est très grande et à côté, il y a un petit salon. Nous aimons regarder la télévision allongés dans le fauteuil. La cuisine est toute petite et nous y mangeons le soir. Il y a une petite table et quatre chaises. La maison est de plain-pied. Le jardin est assez grand et nous y faisons pousser des fleurs.

Vocabulary

à côté de /a ko.te də/ at the side of, next to
plus petite smaller
aussi  /ɔ.si/ also, too
l'ordinateur (m)  /ɔʁ.di.na.tœʁ/ computer
allongés  /a.lɔ̃.ʒe/ lying down
y  /i/ there (pronoun)
manger  /mɑ̃ʒe/ to eat
le soir  /swaʁ/ evening
faire pousser des fleurs to grow flowers

Exercises

Lesson 1.07 - Weather

Grammar review · At · À

The preposition à /a/ means at or in:

Nous sommes à la maison.We are at home.
Il est à l'hôtel.He is at the hotel.

The contraction au /o/ is used in place of à le (singular):

Je suis au bar.I am at (in) the bar.

Likewise, the contraction aux /o/ is used in place of à les (plural).

Dialogue · Is it going to rain?

Mireille: Il fait beau temps !It is fine weather !
Monique: Il va pleuvoir aujourd'hui ?Is it going to rain today?

Monique could also use the question form instead of the intonation given above:
  • Est-ce qu'il va pleuvoir aujourd'hui ? (Pronounced eh-skeel)
or
  • Va-t-il pleuvoir aujourd'hui ?

Mireille: Non, il ne va pas pleuvoir, il fera soleil.No, not raining, it will be sunny.
Monique: Très bien ! Allons au parc !Very well! let's go to the park.
Marcelle: Apporte un parapluie, au cas où il pleuvrait.Bring an umbrella in case it rains.

Similar to English, pleuvoir is an impersonal verb: it has only a third-person singular conjugation:

Grammar · Negation · Négation

In order to say that one did not do something, the ne … pas construction must be used. The ne is placed before the verb, while the pas is placed after.

Formation and rules

Simple negation is done by wrapping ne … pas around the verb:

Je ne porte pas mon manteau.I am not wearing my coat.

In a past tense, ne … pas surrounds the auxiliary verb, not the participle:

Je n'ai pas porté mon manteau.I did not wear my coat.

When an infinitive and conjugated verb are together, ne … pas usually surrounds the conjugated verb:

Je ne veux pas porter mes gants.I do not want to wear my gloves.

Ne pas can also precede the infinitive for a different meaning:

Je veux ne pas porter mes gants.I want not to wear my gloves.

Ne precedes any pronoun relating to the verb it affects:

Je ne les porte pas.I am not wearing them.

In spoken French, the ne can be omitted, leaving simply pas after the verb in context:

Je sais pas qui vous êtes.I do not know who you are.

Examples

Il est avocat.
Il n'est pas avocat.
He is [a] lawyer.
He is not [a] lawyer.
Nous faisons nos devoirs.
Nous ne faisons pas nos devoirs.
We are doing our homework.
We are not doing our homework.
Je joue du piano.
Je ne joue pas du piano.
I play the piano.
I do not play the piano.
Vous vendez votre voiture.
Vous ne vendez pas votre voiture.
You sell your car.
You do not sell your car.

Negation of indefinite articles

The indefinite articles un, une, and des change to de (or d’) when negating a sentence.

J'ai un parapluie.
Je n'ai pas de parapluie.
I have an umbrella.
I don't have an umbrella.
J'ai des bottes en caoutchouc.
Je n'ai pas de bottes en caoutchouc.
I have some wellington boots.
I don't have any wellington boots.

Examples

Il est belge.
Il n'est pas belge.
He is Belgian.
He is not Belgian.
Nous lisons un livre.
Nous ne lisons pas de livre.
We read a book.
We do not read a book.
Je mange une cerise.
Je ne mange pas de cerise.
I eat a cherry.
I do not eat a cherry.

Vocabulary · Common weather

Quel temps fait-il ? How's the weather?
le soleil /lə sɔ.lɛj/ sun
le ciel /lə sjɛl/ sky
Ébloui par le soleil /e.blu.i paʁ lə sɔ.lɛj/ Dazzled by the sun (example: coming into the sun from indoors)
Warm weather
Il fait beau. It's fine/nice.
Il fait chaud. It's warm/hot.
Le ciel est dégagé.
Le ciel se dégage.
The sky is clear.
The sky is clearing up.
Le soleil brille The sun is shining
Cloudy weather
le nuage
Il y a des nuages
/nɥaʒ/ cloud
It's cloudy
nuageux(-euse) /nɥa.ʒø/ cloudy
l'éclaircie (f) sunny spell (in clouds)
Cold and windy weather
Il fait froid (eel feh fwah) It is cool/cold
Il fait trop froid (eel feh troh fwah) It is too cold
le vent
Il y a du vent
Le vent souffle.
[[:Media:Fr-vent.ogg|]] wind
It's windy.
The wind blows
la rafale /ʁafal/ gust of wind

Note that le temps means both the weather and the time.

Grammar · To go · Aller

The verb aller is translated to to go. It is irregularly conjugated (it does not count as a regular -er verb).

Formation

aller  /a.le/ (ah-lay) to read
je vais  /vɛ/ (vay) I go
tu vas  /va/ (vah) you go
il va  /va/ (vah) he goes
nous allons /a.lɔ̃/ (ah-loh(n)) we go
vous allez /a.le/ (ah-lay) you go
ils vont  /vɔ̃/ (voh(n)) they go
allé /a.le/ gone

Usage

There is no present progressive tense in French, so aller in the present indicative is used to express both I go and I am going:

Où est-ce que tu vas?Where are you going?

Aller must be used with a place and cannot stand alone.

In addition to meaning at or in, the preposition à /a/ means to when used with aller :

Je vais à Paris.I am going to Paris.
Je vais au bureau.I am going to the office.
Tu vas à l'école ?You're going to school?

Near future · Futur proche

An infinitive preceded by aller is used to say that something is going to happen in the near future:

Il va pleuvoir demain.It's going to rain tomorrow.
Il va faire froid.It's going to be cold.
Je vais aller au magasin.I will go to the store.

Recall that the negative goes around the conjugated verb.

Il ne va pas pleuvoir demain.It's not going to rain tomorrow.

Supplementary grammar · There · y

In place of a preposition and place, the pronoun y /i/, meaning there, can be used; y comes before the verb:

J'y vais.I'm going there.
Nous allons au Mexique. Nous y allons.We are going to Mexico. We are going there.

Remember that aller must be used with a place (there or a name) when indicating that you are going somewhere, even if a place wouldn't normally be given in English.

The negative form of aller with the y pronoun has both the verb and pronoun enclosed between ne and pas:

Il n'y va pas.He's not going there.

Supplementary vocabulary · Expressions

Allons-y (ahlon-zee) Let's go
Ça va ?
Comment allez-vous ?
(sah vah)
(koh-mah(n) tahlay-voo
)
How are you?
Allez ! Come on! encouragement
vas-y
allez-y
go ahead; go on
On y va ! Let's get going!
On y va ? Should we go?

Vocabulary · Rain and snow · La pluie et la neige

Rainy weather
la brume /bʀym/ fog, haze, mist
le brouillard /bʀujaʀ/ fog
la bruine /bʁɥin/ drizzle
une goutte de pluie a drop of rain
la pluie
La pluie tombe.
rain
The rain falls.
Il pleut.
Il a plu.
Il va pleuvoir.
It's raining.
It rained.
It's going to rain.
pluvieux(-euse)
Le temps est pluvieux.
rainy
It's raining.
l'averse (f) /a.vɛʁs/ shower
Snowy weather
la neige
Il neige.
/nɛʒ/ snow
It's snowing.
la grêle
Il tombe de la grêle.
/gʀɛl/ hail
It's hailing.
Extreme weather
un orage
orageux(-euse)
Il y a un orage!
/ɔʁaʒ/ a storm
stormy
There's a storm!
l'éclair (m)
la foudre
/e.klɛʁ/
/fudʁ/
flash (of lightning)
lightning
la tempête Fr-tempête.ogg storm, tempest
le tonnerre Fr-tonnerre.ogg thunder

Dialogue

Exercises

Lesson 1.08 - Travel

Grammar review · From · De

The preposition de /də/ means from:

Il est de Paris.He is from Paris.

De becomes d' before a vowel, due to elision:

Nous sommes d'Orléans.We are from Orléans.

The definite article is included with countries:

Vous êtes de la Suisse ?Are you from Switzerland?

The contraction du /dy/ is used in place of de le:

Elles sont du Luxembourg.They are from Luxembourg.

Likewise, the contraction des /dɛ/ is used in place of de les:

Nous sommes des Pays-Bas.We are from the Netherlands.

De also has other translations, which depend on context. For example, it is used to indicate an amount:

5 kilos de pommes5 kilograms of apples

Grammar review · Possessive adjectives · Les adjectifs possessifs

Formation

First person Second person Third person
Singular mon (m)
ma (f)
mes
/mɔ̃/
/ma/
/me/
my ton (m)
ta (f)
tes
/tɔ̃/
/ta/
/te/
your (tu form) son (m)
sa (f)
ses
/sɔ̃/
/sa/
/sɛ/
his
her
its
Plural notre
nos
/nɔtʁ/
/no/
our votre
vos
/vɔtʁ/
/vo/
your (vous form) leur
leurs
/lœʁ/
/lœʁ/
their

Usage

Possessive adjectives are used to express possession of an object:

C'est mon passeport.It's my passport.

In English the possessive adjective agrees with the subject (his sister, her brother). But in French, possessive adjectives act like all other adjectives: they must agree with the noun they modify.

Masculine noun
le frère
Feminine noun
la sœur
le frère de Marc
Marc's brother
son frère
his brother
la sœur de Marc
Marc's sister
sa sœur
his sister
les frères de Marc
Marc's brothers
ses frères
his brothers
les sœurs de Marc
Marc's sisters
ses sœurs
his sisters
le frère de Marie
Marie's brother
son frère
her brother
la sœur de Marie
Marie's sister
sa sœur
her sister
les frères de Marie
Marie's brothers
ses frères
her brothers
les sœurs de Marie
Marie's sisters
ses sœurs
her sisters

Whether son, sa and ses translate to his or her is indicated by context:

Oui, elle a son billet.Yes, she has her ticket.

Notre, votre, and leur modify singular nouns, regardless of gender; nos, vos, and leurs modify plural nouns:

le chalet (m) : C'est notre chalet.It's our chalet.
la caravane: C'est notre caravane.It's our caravan.

Examples

Ton auberge de jeunesse est bruyante. Your youth hostel is noisy. auberge is feminine, but begins with a vowel
J’ai son billet. I have his/her ticket. le billet is masculine
Elle est la femme de mon ami. She's my friend's wife. l'ami is maculine

Dialogue

Grammar · Regular -ir verbs · Les verbes en -ir

The second category of regular French verbs is -ir verbs.

Formation

To conjugate, drop the -ir to find the stem or root. Add endings to the root based on the subject and tense.

finirto finish /finiʁ/
Pronoun Ending Verb Pronunciation
je -is finis /fi.ni/
tu -is finis /fi.ni/
il/elle -it finit /fi.ni/
nous -issons finissons /fi.ni.sɔ̃/
vous -issez finissez /fi.ni.se/
ils/elles -issent finissent /fi.nis/

Supplementary vocabulary · Example -ir verbs

abolir /a.bɔ.liʁ/ to abolish
approfondir /a.pʁɔ.fɔ̃.diʁ/ to deepen, to consider more thoroughly
choisir /ʃwaziʀ/ to choose
convertir /kɔ̃.vɛʁ.tiʁ/ to convert
investir /ɛ̃.vɛs.tiʁ/ to invest
obéir /ɔ.be.iʁ/ to obey Tout corps matériel obéit à la loi de gravitation universelle. Any material body obeys the law of universal gravitation.
polir /pɔ.liʁ/ to polish, to refine
établir /e.ta.bliʁ/ to establish, to prove
refroidir /fʁwa.diʁ/ to cool, to cool off
affaiblir /a.fe.bliʁ/ to weaken L’âge affaiblit la mémoire.
Les débauches affaiblissent le corps.
Age weakens the memory.
Debauchery weaken the body.

Vocabulary

l'aéroport (m) /a.e.ʁɔ.pɔʁ/ airport
le billet /bi.jɛ/ ticket for train, airplane
la poste /pɔst/ post office
la station /sta.sjɔ̃/ station
le métro /met.ʁɔ/ subway, underground
les bagages /ba.ɡaʒ/ baggage
le ticket /ti.kɛ/ ticket for bus, métro
la valise /va.liz/ suitcase
Vehicles
l'auto (f) /o.to/ car
l'avion (m) /a.vjɔ̃/ airplane
l'autobus (m) /o.to.bys/ bus
le bateau /bato/ boat
le train /tʁɛ̃/ train
le taxi /tak.si/ taxi
la voiture /vwa.tyʁ/ car
Hotels
la chambre /ʃɑ̃bʁ/ room
la chambre de libre free room

Grammar · To take · Prendre

Prendre is an irregular -re verb, and is conjugated differently.

Formation

prendre  /pʁɑ̃dʁ/ (prah(n)dr) to take
je prends /pʁɑ̃/ (prah(n)) I take
tu prends /pʁɑ̃/ (prah(n)) you take
il prend  /pʁɑ̃/ (prah(n)) he takes
nous prenons  /pʁə.nɔ̃/ (pruh-noh(n)) we take
vous prenez  /pʁǝ.ne/ (pruh-nay) you take
ils prennent  /pʁɛn/ (prehn) they take
pris /pʁi/ taken

Examples

Prends ma main. Take my hand.
prendre /pʁɑ̃.dʁə/ to have something to eat, to buy
prendre en compte to take into account
prendre fin to come to an end
prendre conscience (de) to become aware (of)
prendre position to make a stand (of)
prendre des mesures to take steps (to initiate a course of action)
prendre des kilos to gain weight
prendre part (à) to take part (in) prendre part au vote take part in the vote
prendre la parole to start talking
prendre le pas sur to surpass
prendre rendez-vous to make an appointment
prendre un verre to have a drink On va prendre un verre en ville. We’re going to have a drink in town.
prendre un café to have a coffee

Vocabulary · Directions

Sometimes when you go out, you may get lost, or come across someone who is lost. This should help you ask for and give directions.

Pardonnez-moi/Excusez-moi,
mademoiselle/madame/monsieur.
Excuse me, Miss/Mrs/Mr.
Je suis perdu. I am lost.
Je cherche… I'm looking for…
la poste /pɔst/ the post office
la gare /ɡaʁ/ the train station
le supermarché /sy.pɛʁ.maʁ.ʃe/ the supermarket
le stade /stad/ the football stadium
le camping /kɑ̃.piɳ/ the camping grounds
la plage /plaːɡə/ the beach
le parc /paʁk/ the park
Vous prenez… You take…
la première rue the first street
à gauche Fr-à gauche.ogg to the left
à droite to the right
tout droit straight ahead
Merci beaucoup! Thanks so much!
De rien. /də ʁjɛ̃/ You're welcome / No worries.

Dialogue

Exercises

Lesson 1.09 - Art

Culture · Art in France

Grammar · Regular -re verbs · Les verbes en -re

The third category of regular verbs is made up of -re verbs. Relative to -er verbs, -re verbs are not very common. Many common verbs ending in -re , such as prendre , mettre , and connaître , have irregular conjugations.

Formation

To conjugate, drop the -re to find the "stem" or "root". Add endings to the root based on the subject and tense, as demonstrated below for the present tense.

attendreto wait /a.tɑ̃dʁ/
Pronoun Ending Verb Pronunciation
je (j') -s attends /a.tɑ̃/
tu -s attends /a.tɑ̃/
il/elle - attend /a.tɑ̃/
nous -ons attendons /a.tɑ̃.dɔ̃/
vous -ez attendez /a.tɑ̃.de/
ils/elles -ent attendent /a.tɑ̃d/

Supplementary vocabulary · Example -re verbs

vendre /vɑ̃dʁ(ə)/ to sell
attendre /a.tɑ̃dʁ/ to wait J’attends mon cousin à la gare. I am waiting for my cousin at the station.
descendre /de.sɑ̃dʁ/ to go down, to put down
rendre /ʁɑ̃dʁ/ to give back, to return
perdre /pɛʁdʁ/ to lose
mordre /mɔʁdʁ/ to bite

Vocabulary · Music · La musique

écouter de la musique to listen to music
la chanson /ʃɑ̃.sɔ̃/ song
des paroles /pa.ʁɔl/ lyrics la parole means word les paroles d'une chanson the lyrics of a song
Composing
le musicien
la musicienne
/my.zi.sjɛ̃/
/my.zi.sjɛn/
musician
le compositeur
la compositrice
/kɔ̃.po.zi.tœʁ/
/kɔ̃.po.zi.tʁis/
composer C’est un savant compositeur. This is a clever composer.
l’auteur (des paroles) /o.tœ:r/ (lyrics) writer
Instruments
l'instrument (de musique) (m) /ɛ̃s.tʁy.mɑ̃ də my.zik/ instrument
la clarinette /kla.ʁi.nɛt/ clarinet
le violon /vjɔ.lɔ̃/ violin
la harpe /aʁp/ harp
la guitare (basse, électrique, acoustique) /ɡi.taʁ bɑs/
/gi.ta.ʁ‿e.lɛk.tʁik/
(bass, electric, acoustic) guitar
le piano /pja.nɔ/ piano
la flûte /flyt/ flute

Vocabulary · Museums · Les musées

le musée /my.ze/ museum
l'exposition (artistique, d'art) /ɛk.spɔ.zi.sjɔ̃/ (art) exhibit
la galerie /ɡal.ʁi/ gallery
le/la portraitiste /pɔʁ.tʁe.tist/ portraitist
le portrait /pɔʁ.tʁɛ/ portrait
le tableau
la peinture
/ta.blɔ/
/pɛ̃.tyʁ/
painting Il y a de belles peintures dans ce palais. There are beautiful paintings in this palace.
le sculpteur (en marbre, en bois)
la sculptrice
/skyl.tœʁ/
/skyl.tʁis/
(marble, wood) sculptor
la sculpture /skyl.tyʁ/ sculpture p is not pronounced
l'œuvre d’art (f) work of art
admirer /ad.mi.ʁe/ to admire J'admire sa magnificence. I admire its magnificence.
visiter /vizite/ to visit
la visite /vi.zit/ visit

Usage notes · Visiter and rendre

Visiter /vizite/, meaning to visit, is used for places (and not for people) :

Tu dois visiter Paris un jour.You must visit Paris one day.
Je vais visiter mon frère. is not a correct sentence in french. It's a common (but understanble) mistake made by foreign people.

Rendre /ʁɑ̃dʁ/ or rendre visite (à) /ʁɑ̃dʁ vi.zit/, meaning to pay a visit (to), is used for people:

Je rends visite à mon père à Paris.I'm visiting my father in Paris.
Amour viens rendre à mon âme.Love comes to pay a visit to my soul.

Rendre has other meanings, such as to produce, to express, to make, and to give back:

Tu me rends malade.You make me ill.

Grammar · Beautiful, new, and old · Beau, nouveau, et vieux

Formation

Masc. consonant Masc. vowel Fem. sing. (all)
BeauSingular un beau garçonun bel individuune belle fillette
Plural de beaux garçonsde beauxzindividusde belles fillettes
NouveauSingular un nouveau camionun nouvel ordreune nouvelle idée
Plural de nouveaux camionsde nouveauxzordresde nouvelles idées
VieuxSingular un vieux camionun vieil ordreune vieille idée
Plural de vieux camionsde vieuxzordresde vieilles idées

Sentences placement

Most adjectives come after the noun they modify in French:

un homme intelligentan intelligent man
des hommes intelligentsintelligent men

Beau, nouveau, and vieux, as well as some other common French adjectives, precede the noun:

une jolie voiturea pretty car

Des is replaced with de when an adjective comes before the noun:

de jolies voiturespretty cars

In informal speech, des is often used in place of de.

Vocabulary · Plays · Les pièces

At the theater
le théâtre /te.atʁ/ theater
la pièce (de théâtre) /pjɛs/ (theatrical) play
l'acte (f)
la scène
l'entracte (m)
/akt/
/sɛn/
act
scene
intermission
chanter
le (la) chanteur (-euse)
/ʃɑ̃.te/
/ʃɑ̃.tøʁ/
/ʃɑ̃.tøz/
to sing
singer
danser
le (la) danseur (-euse)
/dɑ̃.se/ to dance
dancer
Play genres
le ballet /balɛ/ ballet
la comédie /kɔ.me.di/ comedy
la comédie musicale musical comedy
le drame /dʁam/ drama Macbeth est un drame de William Shakespeare. Macbeth is a drama of William Shakespeare.
la tragédie /tʁa.ʒe.di/ tragedy Cet acteur est admirable dans la tragédie. This actor is admirable in the tragedy.

Dialogue

Exercises

Lesson 1.10 - Science

Grammar review · Indirect object pronouns lui and leur

The indirect object pronoun lui ( /lɥi/) means to him or to her:

Je lui donne le livre. (I'm giving the book to him/her.)
Je lui donne un coup de main. (I'm giving a helping hand to him/her.)

Likewise, the indirect object pronoun leur ( /lœʁ/) means to them:

Je leur donne le livre. (I'm giving the book to them.)
Je leur donne un coup de main. (I'm giving a helping hand to them.)

Lui replaces à [person]:

Je parle à Jean. (I'm speaking to Jean.)
Je lui parle. (I'm speaking to him.)

Likewise, leur replaces à [people]:

Je parle à Jean et Marie. (I'm speaking to Jean and Marie.)
Je leur parle. (I'm speaking to them.)

Lui and leur usually only refer to people; they will sometimes also be used in reference to things.

Grammar review · Il y a and combien de

The expression il y a ( /i.lja/) means there is … or there are …:

Il y a un problème. (There is a problem.)
Il y a des livres. (There are books.)

The interrogative form of il y a is y a-t-il ( /i aˈt̪il/). That is, il y a is inverted to y a-t-il, meaning is there? or are there?, within questions:

Y a-t-il un problème ? (Is there a problem?)
Y a-t-il des magasins près d'ici ? (Are there shops near here?)

Both How much … and How many … (quantity) are translated as Combien de ….

If the person or thing it refers to is countable, combien de is always followed by a plural noun:

Combien de personnes y a-t-il à votre bureau ? (How many people are there in your office?)
Vous avez combien de frères ? (You have how many brothers?)

However, with uncountable nouns, such as l'eau (m) (water ·  /o/) and l'argent (m) (money ·  /aʁ.ʒɑ̃/), the singular form is used:

Vous avez combien d’argent ? (You have how much money?)

Examples

Tu as combien de livres ? You have how many books?
Combien d’argent avez-vous sur votre compte d’épargne ? How much money do you have in your account?
Combien y a-t-il de personnes ? How many people are there?
Avez-vous tous vos bagages ? Do you have all your baggage?
Y a-t-il beaucoup de pièces ? Are there many rooms?
N'y a-t-il pas de fruits ? Are there no fruit?

Text · Le système solaire

Le système solaire est un système planétaire composé d'une étoile, le Soleil et des corps célestes gravitant autour de lui: les huit planètes et leurs 165 satellites naturels connus (appelés usuellement des « lunes »), les cinq planètes naines, et les milliards de petits corps (astéroïdes, objets glacés, comètes, météorites, poussière interplanétaire, etc.).

De façon schématique, le système solaire est composé du Soleil, de quatre planètes telluriques internes, d'une ceinture d'astéroïdes composée de petits corps rocheux, quatre géantes gazeuses externes et une seconde ceinture appelée ceinture de Kuiper, composée d’objets glacés.

De la plus proche à la plus éloignée (du Soleil), les planètes du système se nomment Mercure, Vénus, Terre, Mars, Jupiter, Saturne, Uranus et Neptune. Six de ces planètes possèdent des satellites en orbite et chacune des planètes externes est entourée d’un anneau planétaire de poussière et d’autres particules. Toutes les planètes, excepté la Terre, portent les noms de dieux et déesses de la mythologie romaine et de la mythologie grecque.

Montage présentant les composants principaux du système solaire (échelle non respectée), de gauche à droite : Pluton, Neptune, Uranus, Saturne, Jupiter, la ceinture d'astéroïdes, le Soleil, Mercure, Vénus, la Terre et sa Lune, et Mars. Une comète est également représentée sur la gauche.
Quelques dates de découverte
l'année de
la découverte
corps céleste classe d'objet nom du découvreur
1610 Io, Europe,
Ganymède,
Callisto
lunes de Jupiter Galileo Galilée
1655 Titan lune de Saturne Christiaan Huygens
1781 Uranus géante gazeuse William Hershell
1801 Cérès planète naine Giuseppe Piazzi
1846 Neptune géante gazeuse Johan Gottfried Galle
1877 Phobos lune de Mars Asaph Hall
1930 Pluton planète naine Clyde Tombaugh
2005 Éris,
Makemake
planètes naines Mike Brown

Vocabulary

Les planètes telluriques (terrestrial planets)
Mercure  /mɛʁ.kyʁ/ Mercury
Vénus  /venys/ Venus
La Terre  /tɛʁ/ Earth La Terre tourne autour du Soleil.
La surface de la Terre est couverte à 75 pour cent d’eau.
Nous sommes de retour sur Terre.
The Earth orbits the Sun.
The Earth's surface is covered at 75 percent water.
We're back on Earth.
Mars  /maʁs/ Mars Mars est la planète la plus proche de la Terre. Mars is the planet closest to the Earth.
Les géantes gazeuses (gas giants)
Jupiter  /ʒy.pi.tɛʁ/ Jupiter Jupiter possède quatre gros satellites découverts par Galilée. Jupiter has four large moons discovered by Galileo.
Saturne  /satyʁn/ Saturn Titan est le plus important satellite de Saturne. Titan is the largest moon of Saturn.
Uranus  /y.ʁa.nys/ Uranus Uranus est entourée d’un système d’anneaux très étroits. Uranus is surrounded by a very narrow ring system.
Neptune  /nɛptyn/ Neptune
Les planètes naines (dwarf planets)
Pluton  /ply.tɔ̃/ Pluto Pluton compte quatre satellites connus : Charon, Nix, Hydra, et S/2011. Pluto has four known satellites: Charon, Nix, Hydra and S/2011.
Cérès /se.ʁɛs/ Ceres
Éris /e.ʁis/ Eris
Makemake Makemake
Haumea Haumea
Les lunes (moons)
La Lune  /lyn/ the Moon La Lune est un satellite naturel de la Terre. The Moon is a natural satellite of the Earth.
Io /jo/ Io
Europe  /ø.ʁɔp/ Europa
Ganymède /ɡa.ni.mɛd/ Ganymede Ganymède est le plus gros satellite naturel du système solaire. Ganymede is the largest natural satellite in the solar system.
Callisto /ka.li.sto/ Callisto
Phobos /fɔ.bɔs/ Phobos Phobos est un satellite naturel de la planète Mars. Phobos is a natural satellite of the planet Mars.
Déimos /dej.mɔs/ Deimos
Other objects
le soleil  /sɔ.lɛj/ the sun
une étoile  /e.twal/ a star
une planète  /pla.nɛt/ a planet
une géante /ʒe.ɑ̃t/ a giant
une ceinture  /sɛ̃.tyʁ/ a belt
un anneau  /ano/ a ring
la poussière  /pusjɛʁ/ dust
un dieu  /djø/ a god
une déesse /de.ɛs/ a goddess
Caractéristiques
gazeux(euse) /ga.zø/,  /ga.zøz/ gaseous
tellurique /tɛ.ly.ʁik/ terrestrial Les planètes telluriques sont faites de roches et non de gaz. The terrestrial planets are made ​​of rock rather than gas.
nain(e)  /nɛ̃/, /nɛn/ dwarf
rocheux(euse) /ʁɔ.ʃø/, /ʁɔ.ʃøz/ rocky
glacé(e) /ɡla.se/ icy
proche  /pʀɔʃ/ near
éloigné(e) /e.lwa.ɲe/ distant Ce récit est bien éloigné de la vérité. This story is far from the truth.

Exercises

ExerciseLe / la and de / du / de la

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Example question: (Le/La) Terre gravite autour (de / du / de la) X ?
Answer: La Terre gravite autour du Soleil.
____ Lune gravite autour _____________ . La Lune gravite autour de la Terre.
____ Vénus gravite autour _____________ . Vénus gravite autour du Soleil.
____ Phobos gravite autour _____________ . Phobos gravite autour de Mars.
____ Europe gravite autour _____________ . Europe gravite autour de Jupiter.
ExercisePlus proche / plus loin

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Example question: Vénus est (plus proche / plus loin) du Soleil que Mars.
Answer: Vénus est plus proche du Soleil que Mars.
Mars est ______________ du Soleil que la Terre. Mars est plus loin du Soleil que la Terre.
Mercure est ______________ du Soleil que Vénus. Mercure est plus proche du Soleil que Vénus.
Saturne est ______________ du Soleil que Jupiter. Saturne est plus loin du Soleil que Jupiter.
Jupiter est ______________ du Soleil que la ceinture d'astéroïdes. Jupiter est plus loin du Soleil que la ceinture d'astéroïdes.
ExerciseLes découvertes

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Example question: En 1930 Clyde Tombaugh a découvert _________, qui __________________.
Answer: En 1930 Clyde Tombaugh a découvert Pluton, qui est une planète naine.
En 1781 William Hershell a découvert _________, qui ______________________. En 1781 William Hershell a découvert Uranus, qui est une géante gazeuse.
En ____ Asaph Hall a découvert _______________, qui ______________________. En 1877 Asaph Hall a découvert Phobos, qui est une lune de Mars.
En 1801 ________________ a découvert _________, qui ______________________. En 1801 Giuseppe Piazzi a découvert Cérès, qui est une planète naine.
En ____ Johan Gottfried Galle a découvert _________, qui ______________________. En 1846 Johan Gottfried Galle a découvert Neptune, qui est une géante gazeuse.
ExerciseAvant / après

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.)

Example question: On a découvert Pluton en ______, (avant / après) que l'on a découvert Neptune en ________.
Answer: On a découvert Pluton en 1930, après que l'on a découvert Neptune en 1846.
On a découvert Neptune en ______, _______ que l'on a découvert Uranus en ________. On a découvert Neptune en 1846, après que l'on a découvert Uranus en 1781.
On a découvert Cérès en ______, _______ que l'on a découvert Phobos en ________. On a découvert Cérès en 1801, avant que l'on a découvert Phobos en 1877.

Grammar · Questions

Inversion

Nouns and verbs are often inverted within questions. The inverted words are connected by a dash:

vous avez … (you have …)… avez-vous ? (… do you have?)
vous êtes … (you are …)êtes-vous … ? (are you … ?)

-t- is used to connect vowels in inverted phrases (called an euphonic or pleasing to the ear):

il a … (he has …)… a-t-il ? (… does he have?)
il y a … (there is …)… y a-t-il ? (… is there?)

For example:

Où es-tu ? (Where are you?)
Où vas-tu ? (Where are you going?)
Combien de frères avez-vous ? (How many brothers do you have?)

Vocabulary · Question words

 /u/ (oo) where Où est Charles ? Where is Charles?
que  /kə/ (kuh) what inanimate direct-object pronoun Que pensez-vous de cette peinture ? What do you think of that painting?
quel(le)  /kɛl/ (kehl) which, what adjective Quel est son nom ? What is his name?
qui  /ki/ (key) who, whom Qui est là ? Who's there?
quoi  /kwa/ (kwah) what pronoun De quoi est-il question ? À quoi pensez-vous ? What is it about? What do you think?
pourquoi  /puʁ.kwa/ (poor-kwah) why Pourquoi exige-t-il cela ? Why does it require that?
quand  /kɑ̃/ (kah(n)) when Pour quand me promettez-vous une réponse ? When do you promise me an answer?
comment  /kɔ.mɑ̃/ (koh-mah(n)) how Comment t’appelles-tu ? How do you call yourself?
combien  /kɔ̃.bjɛ̃/ (kohm-byuha(n)) how much, how many Combien ça coûte ? How much does this cost?

Supplementary examples

Que faites-vous ? What are you doing?
Que diable dites-vous là ? What the hell are you talking about?
Qu’est-ce qu'il a dit ? What did he say?
Où est le taxi ? Where is the taxi?
Quel mec est-il ? Which guy is he?
Quel genre d’homme est-ce ? What kind of man is he?
Quelle heure est-il ? What time is it?
Quel âge avez-vous ? How old are you?
Sur quelles sources vous basez-vous ? What sources do you use?
J’ignore quel homme c’est. I don't know what man it is.
Quel est donc ton problème ? What is your problem?
Qui sont ces jeunes gens ? Who are these youths?
Avec qui allez-vous au marché ? With whom are you going to the market?
Pourquoi mettre ton gros manteau ? Il ne fait pas si froid. Why put your big coat? It is not so cold.
De quand date cet usage ? From when does this usage date?

Supplementary usage notes

Vocabulary · Science

Grammar · Conjunctions

Supplementary vocabulary · Scientists · Les scientifiques

le/la archéologue  /aʁ.ke.ɔ.lɔɡ/ archaeologist scientifique qui étudie des civilisations disparues à partir de leurs vestiges scientist who studies lost civilizations from their remains
l'astronome (m/f)  /as.tʁɔ.nɔm/ astronomer scientifique qui étudie des astres et du ciel scientist who studies the stars and sky
l'anthropologue (m/f) anthropologist scientifique qui étudie la structure de l’être humain et l’histoire physique de l’espèce humaine scientist who studies the structure of the human being and the physical history of mankind
le/la biologiste  /bjɔ.lɔ.ʒist/ biologist scientifique qui étudie les organismes vivants scientist who studies living organisms
le/la botaniste /bɔ.ta.nist/ botanist scientifique qui étudie des végétaux scientist who studies plants
l'écologiste (m/f) /e.kɔ.lɔ.ʒist/ ecologist scientifique qui étudie les relations et les interactions entre un organisme vivant et son milieu de vie scientist who studies the relationships and interactions between living organisms and their living environment
l'entomologiste (m/f) /ɑ̃.tɔ.mɔ.lɔ.ʒist/ entomologist scientifique qui étudie des insectes scientist who studies insects
le/la paléontologue /pa.le.ɔ̃.tɔ.lɔɡ/ paleontologist scientifique qui étudie les restes fossiles des êtres vivants du passé scientist who studies the fossil remains of living things of the past
le/la virologue /vi.ʁɔ.lɔɡ/ scientifique qui étudie des virus et de leurs propriétés scientist who studies viruses and their properties
le/la chimiste  /ʃi.mist/ chemist scientifique qui étudie la composition et les réactions de la matière scientist who studies the composition and the reactions of matter
le/la géologue  /ʒe.ɔ.lɔɡ/ geologist scientifique qui étudie des matériaux qui composent le globe terrestre scientist who studies the materials that make up the Earth
le mathématicien
la mathématicienne
/ma.te.ma.ti.sjɛ̃/
/ma.te.ma.ti.sjɛn/
mathematician scientifique qui étudie des nombres, des figures et des mouvements scientist who studies numbers, shapes, and movements
le/la météorologue /me.te.ɔ.ʁɔ.lɔg/ meteorologist scientifique qui étudie les différents éléments du temps scientist who studies the different elements of the weather
le physicien
la physicienne
/fi.zi.sjɛ̃/
/fi.zi.sjɛn/
physicist scientifique qui étudie la nature de la matière, de l’énergie et de leurs interactions cientist who studies the nature of matter, of energy, and of their interactions

Supplementary vocabulary · Elements · Les éléments

l'argent (m)  /aʁ.ʒɑ̃/ silver Also: money
l'azote (m)  /azɔt/ nitrogen
le chrome  /krom/ chromium
le cuivre  /kɥivʁ/ copper Also a conjugation of cuivrer
le fer  /fɛʁ/ iron
l'hydrogène (m)  /id.ʁɔ.ʒɛn/ hydrogen Also a conjugation of hydrogéner.
le manganèse /mɑ̃.ɡa.nɛz/ manganese
l'or (m)  /ɔʁ/ gold Also a conjunction meaning yet, however.
l'oxygène (m)  /ɔksiʒɛn/ oxygen
le soufre  /sufʁ/ sulphur
le xénon  /kse.nɔ̃/ xenon
le zinc  /zɛ̃ɡ/ zinc Also: (informal) counter (in a bar, café, etc), bar

Supplementary vocabulary · Common prepositions

In addition to à (at, to ·  /a/ (ah)), de (from, of ·  /də/ (duh)), and dans (in ·  /dɑ̃/ (dah(n))), there are several common prepositions in French.

après  /a.pʁɛ/ (ah-preh) after Après la porte de Gentilly, tournez à droite. After the Porte de Gentilly, turn right.
avant  /a.vɑ̃/ (ah-vah(n)) before La maison où il habite est avant l’église. The house where he lives is before the church.
contre  /kɔ̃tʁ/ (koh(n)tr) against La paille est contre la maison. The straw is against the house.
derrière  /dɛ.ʁjɛʁ/ (deh-ryuhehr) behind Ils ont les mains liées derrière le dos. They have their hands tied behind their backs.
devant  /də.vɑ̃/ (duh-vah(n)) in front of
sous  /su/ (soo) below, under Par suite des inondations, toute la campagne est sous l’eau. As a result of floods, the entire countryside is under water.
sur  /syr/ (sewr) on, upon Le chat est sur le lit. The cat is on the bed.

Examples

Nous devons, avant tout, prendre telle mesure. We must, above all, take such action.
Elle s'appuie contre la mur. She's pushing against the wall.
Les citoyens sont pour, mais les hommes politiques sont contre. The citizens are for, but the politicians are against.
Il a tant d’hommes sous son commandement. He has so many men under his command.
Je suis sur le point de partir. I'm about to leave. lit: I am on the point of leaving.
Il jure sur son honneur. He swears on his honor.
Cet enfant fait étourderies sur étourderies. This child makes blunders upon blunders.
se lit divisé par ou simplement sur . reads divided by or simply over .
Les frites sont collées les unes sur les autres. The chips are stuck to one another.

Dialogue

Exercises

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseDefinitions of scientists

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) State each scientific occupation that is described.

scientifique qui étudie la nature de la matière, de l’énergie et de leurs interactions physicien
scientifique qui étudie la composition et les réactions de la matière chimiste
scientifique qui étudie des nombres, des figures et des mouvements mathématicien
scientifique qui étudie des virus et de leurs propriétés virologue
scientifique qui étudie la structure de l’être humain et l’histoire physique de l’espèce humaine anthropologue
scientifique qui étudie les relations et les interactions entre un organisme vivant et son milieu de vie écologiste
scientifique qui étudie des astres et du ciel astronome
scientifique qui étudie les différents éléments du temps météorologue
scientifique qui étudie des civilisations disparues à partir de leurs vestiges archéologue
scientifique qui étudie les organismes vivants biologiste
scientifique qui étudie des matériaux qui composent le globe terrestre géologue
scientifique qui étudie les restes fossiles des êtres vivants du passé paléontologue
scientifique qui étudie des insectes entomologiste
scientifique qui étudie des végétaux botaniste
ExerciseDefinitions of scientists

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) State the definition of each scientific occupation.

paléontologue scientifique qui étudie les restes fossiles des êtres vivants du passé
astronome scientifique qui étudie des astres et du ciel
écologiste scientifique qui étudie les relations et les interactions entre un organisme vivant et son milieu de vie
mathématicien scientifique qui étudie des nombres, des figures et des mouvements
botaniste scientifique qui étudie des végétaux
virologue scientifique qui étudie des virus et de leurs propriétés
anthropologue scientifique qui étudie la structure de l’être humain et l’histoire physique de l’espèce humaine
géologue scientifique qui étudie des matériaux qui composent le globe terrestre
chimiste scientifique qui étudie la composition et les réactions de la matière
archéologue scientifique qui étudie des civilisations disparues à partir de leurs vestiges
biologiste scientifique qui étudie les organismes vivants
physicien scientifique qui étudie la nature de la matière, de l’énergie et de leurs interactions
entomologiste scientifique qui étudie des insectes
météorologue scientifique qui étudie les différents éléments du temps

Level two

Lesson 2.01 - School

Dialogue

Culture · Education in France

Vocabulary · School and students

l'école (f) /ekɔl/ school
l'élève (m) /e.lɛv/ pupil
l'étudiant (m)
l'étudiante (f)
/etydjɑ̃/
/etydjɑ̃t/
student
le collège (classes 6-4) /kɔ.lɛʒ/ jr. high school (grades 6-9)
le collégien
la collégienne
/kɔ.le.ʒjɛ̃/
/kɔ.le.ʒjɛn/
jr. high school student
le lycée (classes 3-terminale) /li.se/ high school (grades 10-12)
le lycéen
la lycéenne
/li.se.ɛ̃/
/li.se.ɛn/
high school student
l'université (f)
la fac(ulté)
/y.ni.vɛʁ.si.te/
/fak/
/fa.kyl.te/
university
l'enseignement supérieur higher education
graduate school

Grammar · Present perfect with regular verbs

The passé composépresent perfect is a compound tense, and is therefore composed of an auxiliary verb and a past participle. With most verbs, that auxiliary verb is avoir.

Meaning

In English, verbs conjugated in the passé composé literally mean have/has ____ed. While there is a simple past tense in French, it is almost always only used in formal writing, so verbs conjugated in the passé composé can also be used to mean the English simple tense.

For example, the passé composé forms of parlerto speak , [avoir] parlé, literally mean has/have spoken, but also means spoke.

Basic formation

To conjugate a verb in the passé composé, the helping verb, usually avoir, is conjugated in the present indicative and the past participle is then added.

Auxiliary verb - avoir

Conjugate avoir in the present indicative.

j'ai I have nous avons we have
tu as you have vous avez you have
il a he has ils ont they have
elle a she has elles ont they have

Past participle

Formation of the past participle
Verb GroupInfinitiveStemPast Participle
-er verbs jouerjoujoué
-ir verbs finirfinfini
-re verbs répondrerépondrépondu

Avoir + past participle

J'ai joué I have played Nous avons joué We have played
Tu as joué You have played Vous avez joué You have played
Il a joué He has played Ils ont joué They have played
Elle a joué She has played Elles ont joué They have played

Please also note:

Fem. Subject or Person (Elles, Elle, Nous, On etc.)- Add another e with no aigu or grave to end of word- if a female person is partaking in the group.

Plural Subject (On, Nous, Tu, Vous etc.)- Add another "s" to end of word.

Finally, some verbs are irregular for the past participle, such as aller (to go), instead of using avoir to form the past participle, they will use être (to be) to form the past participle.

Always check the verb's irregularities before using to form past participle. Some "past participle" irregulars are regular verbs when forming other tenses.

Examples

Vocabulary · At school · À l'école

le professeur
la prof
/pʁɔ.fɛ.sœʁ/
/pʁɔf/
teacher, professor
la bourse /buʁs/ scholarship
le diplôme (professionnel) /di.plom/ diploma
le bac(calauréat) /bak/
/bakalɔʀea/
high school exit exam
la bibliothèque /bi.bli.jɔ.tɛk/ library
la note /nɔt/ grade, mark (as on a test)
les cours /kuʁ/ classes or courses
la classe /klas/ grade (e.g. 6th Grade)
en cours de [...] in [...] class
Pendant les cours
le tableau /ta.blɔ/ chalkboard
la craie /kʁɛ/ chalk
le pupitre /pypitʁ/ school desk
l'examen (m) /ɛɡzamɛ̃/ exam, test
les devoirs /dǝ.vwaʁ/ homework
la classe /klas/ class
la cantine /kɑ̃.tin/ cafeteria
la récréation
la cour
/ʁe.kʁe.a.sjɔ̃/
/kuʁ/
recess
courtyard
Describing teachers and students
intelligent(e) /ɛ̃teliʒɑ̃/
/ɛ̃teliʒɑ̃t/
intelligent
strict(e) /stʁikt/ strict

^ The word professeur is considered masculine at all times, even if the teacher is female. The only case when "professeur" can be preceded by feminine determinant is either when contracting it in colloquial language "la prof", or when adding a few words before : "madame/mademoiselle la/le professeur".

Vocabulary · Actions

passer un examen to take a test
étudier /e.ty.dje/ to study Il étudie nuit et jour. He studied night and day.
écrire /e.kʁiʁ/ to write
lever (la main) to raise (your hand)
poser (une question) to ask (a question)
répondre (à) /re.pɔ̃dʁ/ to answer, to reply (to) Il a répondu à toutes les questions. He answered all of the questions.
parler /paʁle/ to speak Ils ont parlé plusieurs heures avant d'aller se coucher. They talked for several hours before bedtime.
écouter /ekute/ to listen (to) J’écoute la radio. I listen to the radio.
entendre /ɑ̃.tɑ̃dʁ/ to hear (of) Elle entend des voix. She hears voices.
regarder /ʁǝ.ɡaʁ.de/ to watch
déjeuner /de.ʒœ.ne/ to (eat) lunch Déjeunez- vous á onze heure? You (formal) eat lunch at eleven O'clock?

In French, you do not "own" body parts. While in English, you would say my hand or your hand, the definite article is almost always used in French:

la mainmy hand
la jambemy leg
le brasmy arm

To and of are part of the verbs écouter and entendre respectively. It is not necessary to add a preposition to the verb. Other verbs, such as répondre (à), meaning to respond (to), are almost always followed by a preposition.

Supplementary examples

C’est un auteur que j’ai peu étudié. He is an author that I have little studied.
On ne devient pas savant sans étudier. You do not become learned without studying.
Ce pianiste étudie plusieurs heures par jour. This pianist exercises several hours a day.
Il étudie l’écriture sainte. He studies scripture.
Elle parle couramment le français. She speaks French fluently.
Ne parlez pas si haut. Do not talk so loud.
Écoutez, j’ai quelque chose à vous dire. Listen, I have something to say to you.
J'ai entendu plusieurs fois ce chanteur à la Scala. I heard this singer several times at La Scala.
Tu dois répondre aux questions que je te pose. You must answer the questions I ask you.
Il répond à toutes les lettres qu’il reçoit. He responds to all the letters that he receives.

Supplementary usage notes · Entendre

Grammar · To write and to read · Écrire et lire

Écrire

Écrire is an irregular French verb, meaning to write. It varies from other -re verbs in the plural conjugation, by adding a v. Its past particple, écrit, is also irregular.

écrire  /e.kʁiʁ/ to write
j'écris /e.kʁi/ I write
tu écris /e.kʁi/ you write
il écrit  /e.kʁi/ he writes
nous écrivons /e.kʁi.vɔ̃/) we write
vous écrivez /e.kʁi.ve/ you write
ils écrivent /e.kʁiv/ they write
écrit  /e.kʁi/ written

The verb coécrireto co-write /ko.e.kʁiʁ/ is conjugated the same way. The nouns écriture /e.kʁi.tyʁ/, meaning writing or handwriting, and écrivain /e.kʁi.vɛ̃/, meaning writer, are derived from écrire.

Lire

Lire is an irregular French verb, meaning to read. It's plural conjugation adds an s, and its past participle is lu.

lire  /liʁ/ to read
je lis  /'li/ I read
tu lis  /'li/ you read
il lit  /'li/ he reads
nous lisons /li.zɔ̃/ we read
vous lisez /li.ze/ you read
ils lisent /liz/ they read
lu /ly/ read

The verbs élireto elect /e.liʁ/ and relireto reread /ʁǝ.liʁ/ are conjugated the same way. The adjective lisible /lizibl/, meaning readable or legible, is derived from lire.

Examples

Mon père écrit des poèmes pour ma mère. My father writes poems for my mother.
As-tu écrit ce slogan sur le mur ? Have you written that slogan on the wall?
Il a une mauvaise écriture. He has bad handwriting.
Jean lit très souvent. John reads very often.
Il faut lire et relire les auteurs de l’antiquité. You must read and reread the authors of antiquity.
On a relu le projet de loi. We have reviewed the bill.
Sa écriture n’est pas belle, mais elle est lisible. His writing is not beautiful, but it is readable.

Supplementary vocabulary · School supplies · Les fournitures scolaires

la craie /kʁɛ/ chalk J'ai écrit au tableau avec de la craie. I wrote on the blackboard with chalk.
le tableau /ta.blɔ/ the board
le stylo (stylo à bille) /stil.o/ (ballpoint) pen
le crayon /kʀɛ.jɔ̃/ pencil
la calculatrice /kal.ky.la.tʁis/ calculator
le livre /livʁ/ book une livre is a pound
le bouquin /bu.kɛ̃/ book colloquial; also rabbit J'ai commencé un nouveau bouquin hier. I started a new book yesterday.
le cahier /ka.je/ notebook
le papier
la feuille de papier
/pa.pje/ paper
sheet of paper
le bloc-notes /blɔk.nɔt/ notepad
le sac à dos /sak.a.dɔ/ backpack
la gomme Fr-gomme.ogg eraser
la règle /ʁɛɡl/ ruler
le feutre /føtʁ/ marker
le cartable backpack

Supplementary vocabulary · School subjects · Les matières d'enseignement

l'informatique (f) /ɛ̃.fɔʁ.ma.tik/ computer science
la littérature /li.te.ʁa.tyʁ/ literature
la musique /myzik/ music
les langues
l'anglais /ɑ̃.ɡlɛ/ English
le français /fʁɑ̃.sɛ/ French Il parle très bien français. He speaks French very well.
l'espagnol (m) /ɛs.pa.ɲɔl/ Spanish
l'allemand (m) /al.mɑ̃/ German L’allemand est une langue germanique.
Mon stagiaire parle un allemand impeccable.
German is a Germanic language.
My trainee speaks perfect German.
le russe /ʁys/ Russian
l'italien (m) /i.ta.ljɛ̃/ Italian
les sciences naturelles
la biologie /bjɔ.lo.ʒi/ biology
la chimie /ʃi.mi/ chemistry
la physique /fi.zik/ physics Ses matières préférées sont la chimie et la physique. His preferred subjects are chemistry and physics.
les mathématiques
l'algèbre (f) /al.ʒɛbʁ/ algebra
le calcul /kal.kyl/ calculus
la géométrie /ʒe.ɔ.me.tʁi/ geometry
les sciences sociales
l'économie (f) /e.kɔ.nɔ.mi/ economics
la géographie /ʒe.ɔ.ɡʁa.fi/ geography
l'histoire (f) /is.twaʁ/ history

Supplementary vocabulary · Classes/grades

The way that grades are numbered in France is opposite the way they are in the US. Whereas American grade numbers increase as you approach your senior year, they descend in France.

Classe Terminale 12th Grade Age 17-18
1ère (la première classe) 11th Grade Age 16-17
2ème (la deuxième classe) 10th Grade Age 15-16
3ème (la troisième classe) 9th Grade Age 14-15
4ème (la quatrième classe) 8th Grade Age 13-14
5ème (la cinquième classe) 7th Grade Age 12-13
6ème (la sixième classe) 6th Grade Age 11-12
CM2 (CM = cours moyen) 5th Grade Age 10-11
CM1 4th Grade Age 9-10
CE2 (CE = cours élémentaire) 3rd Grade Age 8-9
CE1 2nd Grade Age 7-8
CP1 (CP = cours préparatoire) 1st Grade Age 6-7

Text

Exercises

ExercisePresent perfect translation

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate each phrase.

I finished. (finir) J'ai fini.
I have listened. (écouter) J'ai écouté.
We played. (jouer) Nous avons joué.
Jacques has waited. (attendre) Jacques a attendu.
We finished. (finir) Nous avons fini.
He studied. (étudier) Il a étudié.
They watched. (regarder) Ils ont regardé.
We studied. (étudier) Nous avons étudié.
They listened. (écouter) Ils ont écouté.
ExercisePresent perfect

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Rewrite each phrase in the present perfect.

Je regarde J'ai regardé
Vous jouez Vous avez joué
Elle écoute Elle a écouté
Elles finissent Elles ont fini
Ils regardent Ils ont regardé
Nous entendons Nous avons entendu
Elle joue Elle a joué
Je finis J'ai fini

Lesson 2.02 - Culture

Grammar review · Regular verbs

Most verbs in French are regular -er verbs. Others are regular -ir or -re verbs or are irregular.

Formation

Grammar
Regular verbs · Les verbes réguliers
-er verbs -ir verbs -re verbs
Stem: parl… fin… vend…
Subject Ending Example Ending Example Ending Example
Je -eparle-isfinis-svends
Tu -esparles-isfinis-svends
Il -eparle-itfinit- vend
Nous -onsparlons-issonsfinissons-onsvendons
Vous -ezparlez-issezfinissez-ezvendez
Ils -entparlent-issentfinissent-entvendent

Common regular verbs

-er verbs
aimer /ɛ.me/ to like J’aime beaucoup ce tableau. I love this painting.
arriver /a.ʁi.ve/ to arrive, to happen On va arriver à Paris vers 9 heures. We will arrive in Paris around 9 o'clock.
chercher /ʃɛʁʃe/ to look for Je cherche du boulot. I'm looking for some work.
demander /dǝ.mɑ̃.de/ to ask (for) Je vous demande votre amitié. I ask for your friendship.
donner /dɔ.ne/ to give J'ai donné le paquet au voiturier. I gave the package to the carrier.
écouter /ekute/ to listen to J’écoute la radio. I listen to the radio.
entrer /ɑ̃t.ʁe/ to enter Il entre dans la salle. He's entering the room.
parler /paʁle/ to speak, to talk Zoé parle couramment le français. Zoé speaks French fluently.
passer /pa.se/ to pass, to spend (time) On va passer la loi. We're going to pass the law.
porter /pɔʁ.te/ to carry, to wear Quentin porte un sac de blé. Quentin is carrying a bag of wheat.
regarder /ʁǝ.ɡaʁ.de/ to watch
sembler /sɑ̃.ble/ to seem, to resemble Voilà ce qui me semble le plus probable. That is what seems most likely.
trouver /tʁu.ve/ to find, to surprise Je l’ai cherché, et enfin je l’ai trouvé. I searched for it and finally I found it.
-ir verbs
finir /finiʁ/ to finish
-re verbs
attendre /a.tɑ̃dʁ/ to wait J’attends mon cousin à la gare. I am waiting for my cousin at the station.
entendre /ɑ̃.tɑ̃dʁ/ to hear Elle entend des voix. She hears voices.
rendre /ʁɑ̃dʁ/ to make, to pay (a visit) Tu me rends malade. You make me ill.
répondre /re.pɔ̃dʁ/ to answer Je vais répondre aux questions que tu m'as posé. I'm going to answer the questions that you asked me.

Dialogue

Culture · National holidays and events in France

Date English name Local name Remarks
1 January New Year's Day Premier de l'an / Jour de l' an
moveable Good Friday Vendredi Saint Friday Before Easter (observed only in Alsace and Moselle)
moveable Easter Monday Lundi de Pâques Monday after Easter (1 day after Easter)
1 May May Day/Labour Day Fête du Travail
8 May Victory in Europe Day Victoire 1945 End of hostilities in Europe in World War II
moveable Ascension Day Ascension Thursday, 39 days after Easter
moveable Whit Monday Lundi de Pentecôte Monday after Pentecost (49 days after Easter)
14 July Bastille Day Fête Nationale National Day
15 August Assumption of Mary to Heaven Assomption
1 November All Saints' Day Toussaint
11 November Veterans Day
Armistice Day
Remembrance Day
Armistice 1918 End of World War I
25 December Christmas Day Noël
26 December St. Stephen's Day Saint Etienne Observed only in Alsace and Moselle

Please take a look here, to have all the dates (French Overseas Departments (DOM) added).

Grammar · To believe and to see · Croire et voir

Croire

Croire is an irregularly conjugated -re verb.

croire  /kʁwaʁ/ (krwahr) to believe
je crois /kʁwa/ (krwah) I believe
tu crois /kʁwa/ (krwah) you believe
il croit /kʁwa/ (krwah) he believes
nous croyons /kʁwa.jɔ̃/ (kro-yuhoh(n)) we believe
vous croyez /kʁwa.je/ (kro-yuhay) you believe
ils croient /kʁwa/ (krwah) they believe
cru  /kʁy/ (krew) believed

The verb recroireto re-believe /ʁə.kʁwaʁ/ is conjugated in the same way as croire.

Voir

Voir is an irregularly conjugated -re verb.

voire  /vwaʁ/ (vwahr) to see
je vois /vwɑ/ (vwah) I see
tu vois /vwɑ/ (vwah) you see
il voit /vwɑ/ (vwah) he sees
nous voyons /vo.jɔ̃/, /vwa.jɔ̃/ (voh-yuhoh(n), vwah-yuhoh(n)) we see
vous voyez /vo.je/, /vwa.je/ (voh-yuhay, vwah-yuhay) you see
ils voient /vwɑ/ (vwah) they see
vu /vy/ (vew) seen

The verbs prévoir /pʁevwaʁ/, meaning to anticipate or to forecast, and revoir /ʁǝ.vwaʁ/, meaning to see again or to re-examine, are conjugated the same way as voir.

The following nouns, adjectives, and phrases are derived from voir:

la voyance /la vwa.jɑ̃s/ (lah vwah-yuhah(n)s) mind reading
le voyeur /lə vwa.jœʁ/ (luh vwah-yuhewr) observer, watcher
n'y voir que du feu to be totally hoodwinked
to not spot a thing
to be taken in
prévu(e)(s)  /pʁe.vy/ (pray-vew) planned, expected
prévisible(s)  /pʁe.vi.zibl/ (pray-vee-zeebl) foreseeable, predictable
la revue  /rə.vy/ (ru-vew) magazine
Voyons ! /vo.jɔ̃/, /vwa.jɔ̃/ (voh-yuhoh(n), vwah-yuhoh(n)) Really!, Yeah right!, Come on!

Examples

Je vois ma mère là. I see my mother over there.
Nous voyons la mer pour la première fois. We’re seeing the sea for the first time.
J’ai vu ce film. I’ve seen this film.
Au revoir. Until [we] see [each other] again.

Vocabulary · Religions

la religion  /la rə.li.ʒjɔ̃/ (lah ruh-lee-zhyuhoh(n)) religion
le christianisme /lə kʁis.tja.nism/ (luh krees-tyuhah-neesm) Christianity
l'islam  /lis.lam/ (lees-lahm) Islam
le judaïsme /lə ʒy.da.ism/ (luh zhew-dah-eesm) Judaism
le chrétien
la chrétienne
 /lə kʁe.tjɛ̃/ (luh kray-tyuha(n))
/la kʁe.tjɛn/ (lah kray-tyuhehn)
Christian
le musulman
la musulmane
/lə my.zyl.mɑ̃/ (luh mew-zewl-mah(n))
/la my.zyl.man/ (lah mew-zewl-mahn)
Muslim
le juif
la juive
/lə ʒɥif/ (luh zheweef)
/la ʒɥiv/ (lah zheweev)
Jew
l'athée (m)  /la.te/ (lah-tay) atheist

Vocabulary · Birthdays · Anniversaires

l'anniversaire (m) /a.ni.vɛʁ.sɛʁ/ birthday, anniversary C'est mon onzième anniversaire.
Le deuxième anniversaire de notre mariage.
It's my eleventh birthday.
Our second wedding anniversary.
Quel âge as-tu ?
Quel âge avez-vous ?

How old are you?
J'ai ____ ans. I am ____ years old. lit: I have ___ years.
le gâteau (au chocolat) /ɡa.tɔ/ (chocolate) cake
le cadeau /ka.do/ gift
la bougie /buʒi/ candle
la fête /fɛt/ party
inviter /ɛ̃.vi.te/ to invite Le beau temps nous invite à la promenade. The good weather invites us to take a walk.
donner une fête to throw a party

Grammar

Vocabulary · Relationships

le mari /ma.ʁi/ husband
la femme /fam/ wife
le/la fiancé(e) /fi.jɑ̃.se/ fiancee
le/la partenaire /paʁ.tǝ.nɛʁ/ partner
un amant /a.mɑ̃/ lover
le père Noël /pɛʁ nɔ.ɛl/ Santa Claus
Marianne /ma.ʁjan/ the personification of the republic
Cendrillion Cinderella
La Belle au bois dormant /bɛ.l‿o bwa dɔʁ.mɑ̃/ Sleeping Beauty La version de La Belle au bois dormant que Jacob et Wilhelm Grimm ont publié est postérieure à celle de Charles Perrault. The version of The Sleeping Beauty that Jacob and Wilhelm Grimm published is after that of Charles Perrault.
Blanche-Neige /blɑ̃ʃ.nɛʒ/ Snow White
Le Petit Chaperon rouge /pə.ti ʃa.pə.ʁɔ̃ ʁuʒ/ Little Red Riding Hood
Le Petit Poucet Hop-o'-My-Thumb
Le Chat botté Puss in Boots

Supplementary vocabulary · Holidays

le Nouvel An /nu.vɛl‿ɑ̃/ New Year's Day 1 janvier
la Fête du Travail Labor Day 1 mai
jour de l'Armistice Memorial Day, Armistice Day
la fête nationale /fɛt na.sjɔ.nal/ Bastille Day 14 juillet
le Réveillon Christmas Eve 24 décembre
Noël /nɔ.ɛl/ Christmas, Yule 25 décembre

Supplementary usage notes · To give · Donner

Donner /dɔ.ne/ is a common verb which usually means to give:

J'ai donné le paquet au voiturier. - I gave the package to the carrier.

Similarly to English, it can also have other meanings, such as to produce, to cause, to present, to pay, to establish, to attribute, to publish, or to administer:

Cette grande fatigue lui a donné la fièvre. - This great weariness gave him a fever.
Le professeur donne une conférence. - The professor is lecturing. (The professor is giving a lecture.)
Il me donne de la joie. - It gives me joy.

Examples

Donnez-nous à manger. Give us something to eat.
Donnez-moi le loisir d’y penser. Give me time to think. lit: Give me the leisure of thinking.
Vous êtes bien aimable de nous donner votre soirée. You are very kind to give us your evening.
Elle lui a donné beaucoup d’enfants. She gave him many children.
Cette école a donné des peintres célèbres. This school produced famous painters.
Donnez-nous-en la preuve. Give us proof (of it) .
Olivier a donné une relation de son voyage. Olivier gave an account of his journey.
Il donne un ouvrage au public. He publishes a work.
On lui donne tout le blâme. We give him all the blame.
Quel âge donnez-vous à cette personne ? What age do you give (attribute to) this person?
Combien donnez-vous à vos domestiques par mois ? How much do you give your servants per month?
On lui donne mille francs. We give (pay) him a thousand francs.
Donnez-en un exemple. Give an example (of it) .
Robert va donner une réponse. Robert is going to give a response.
Il donne des avis et des conseils. He gives guidance and advice.
Elle va vous donner une tâche. She's going to give you a task.

Text

Exercises

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseDonner translations

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate each sentence into English.

Je vais donner une soirée. I'm going to give a formal party.
On lui a donné les remèdes. We gave him the remedies.
Il va donner les papiers à un notaire. He's going to give the papers to a notary.
Sa femme lui a donné un fils. His wife gave him a son.
Je lui ai donné une leçon à étudier. I gave him a lesson to study.
Donnez-moi du temps. Give me some time.
Le prêtre donne un sermon. The priest is giving a sermon.

Lesson 2.03 - Shopping

Grammar · Object pronouns

Direct objects

While the subject of a sentence initiates an action (the verb), the direct object is the one that is affected by the action. A direct object pronoun is used to refer to the direct object of a previous sentence:

Pierre voit le cambrioleur. Pierre sees the burglar.
Pierre le voit. Pierre sees him.

The following table shows the various types of direct object pronouns:

French me, m'te, t'le, l'la, l'nousvousles
English me1you1him, ither, itus1you1them

Notes:

  • 1 me, te, nous, and vous are also used as indirect objects to mean to me, to you, to us, and to you respectively.
  • The pronoun form with an apostrophe is used before a vowel.
  • The direct object pronoun for nous and vous is the same as the subject.
  • When the direct object comes before a verb in a perfect tense, a tense that uses a past participle, the direct object must agree in gender and plurality with the past participle. For example, in the phrase Je les ai eus, or I had them, the past participle would be spelled eus if the direct object, les, was referring to a masculine object, and eues if les is referring to a feminine object.

Indirect objects

An indirect object is an object that would be asked for with To whom...? or From whom...?. It is called indirect because it occurs usually together with a direct object which is affected directly by the action:

Il donne du pain à Pierre. He gives some bread to Pierre.
Il lui donne du pain. He gives bread to him.

The following table shows the various types of indirect object pronouns:

French me, m'te, t'luinousvousleur
English to me1to you1to him, to herto us1to you1to them

Notes:

  • 1 me, te, nous, and vous are also used as direct objects to mean me, you, us, and you respectively.
  • The pronoun form with an apostrophe is used before a vowel.
  • The indirect object pronoun for nous and vous is the same as the subject.
  • The indirect object pronouns do not agree with the past participle like the direct object pronouns do. When me, te, nous, and vous are used in a perfect tense, the writer must decide whether they are used as direct or indirect object pronouns. This is done by looking at the verb and seeing what type of action is being performed.

The bread is given by the man (direct). Pierre gets the given bread (indirect).

Dialogue · At the bakery · À la boulangerie

Bernard (le boulanger) Bonjour madame.
good morning miss.
Camille (la cliente) Bonjour monsieur.
good morning sir.
Bernard (le boulanger) Que voulez-vous ? or Que désirez-vous ?
What would you like?
Camille (la cliente) Je voudrais acheter une baguette, s'il vous plaît.
I would like to buy a baguette, please.
Bernard (le boulanger) C'est tout ? or Est-ce que c'est tout ?
(Is) that all?
Camille (la cliente) Non, je voudrais deux croissants aussi.
No, I would like two croissants also.
Bernard (le boulanger) Très bien - ça fait deux euros, s'il vous plaît.
Very well - that makes two euros, please.
Camille (la cliente) Merci beaucoup.
Thanks a lot.

Vocabulary

Que voulez-vous ?, Que désirez-vous ? What would you like?
Je voudrais… I would like…
C'est tout ? or Est-ce que c'est tout ? (Is) that all?
Ça fait deux euros. That will be two euros.
acheter to buy

Vocabulary · Going shopping

faire des courses
faire du shopping
to go shopping
faire le marché to go grocery shopping
faire du lèche-vitrine to go window shopping
porter Fr-porter.ogg to wear, to carry
demander /dǝ.mɑ̃.de/ to ask (for)
demander le prix to ask for the price
payer /pe.je/ to pay
vendre /vɑ̃dʁ(ə)/ to sell
acheter /aʃte/ to buy
acheté /aʃəte/ have bought
Buying goods
le(la) vendeur(euse) Fr-vendeur.ogg
Fr-vendeuse.ogg
salesperson
(plus/moins) cher(ère) /ʃɛʁ/ (more/less) expensive
la vitrine /vit.ʁin/ display window
le prix /pʁi/ price
la caisse /kɛs/ cash register
checkout counter
coûter /ku.te/ to cost
C’est combien ?
Combien ça coûte ?
How much is it? lit: It's how much?
lit:How much it/that costs?
Combien coûte [nom] ? How much does [noun] cost? lit: How much costs [noun]?

Grammar · -e…er verbs

-e…er are regular -er verbs, but also are stem changing. The stem change applies to all forms except nous and vous. The stem change involves adding a grave accent ( ` ) over the e in the stem.

Formation

acheter  /aʃte/ ahsh-tay to buy
j'achète /a.ʃɛt/ (ah-sheht) I buy
tu achètes /a.ʃɛt/ (ah-sheht) you buy
il achète /a.ʃɛt/ (ah-sheht) he buys
nous achetons /a.ʃ(.ə)tɔ̃/ (ahsh-toh(n)) we buy
vous achetez /a.ʃ(.ə)te/ (ahsh-tay) you buy
ils achètent /a.ʃɛt/ (ah-sheht) they buy
acheté /aʃ(.ə).te/ ah-shuh-tay, Fr-acheter.ogg bought

Supplementary vocabulary · Other -e…er verbs

peser /pǝ.ze/ to weigh Je pèse 80 kilos. I weigh 80 kilos.
mener [[:Media:Fr-mener.ogg|]] to lead, to take charge Le bus va nous mener au château. The bus will lead us to the castle.
emmener /ɑ̃məne/ to take off, take away or out
amener /am(ə)ne/ to bring (a person) Elle m'a amené en voiture à la gare. She gave me a lift to the station.
ramener /ʁamne/ to take back, bring back, restore
lever [[:Media:Fr-lever.ogg|]] to raise, to lift
soulever /sul(ə)ve/ to raise

Supplementary examples

Il faut peser les abricots. You must weigh the apricots.
Louis va mener ce cours. Louis will lead this lesson.
L'équipe bleue mène 2 à 0. The blue team is leading 2-0.

Dialogue · At the market · Au marché

Marie (la cliente) Bonjour monsieur.
good morning sir.
Clément (le marchand) Bonjour madame.
good morning
miss.
Marie (la cliente) Qu'est-ce que vous avez à vendre ?
What do you have to sell?
Clément (le marchand) J'ai un grand choix de fruits et légumes.
I have a large range of fruits and vegetables.
Marie (la cliente) Très bien. Est-ce que vous avez des cerises ?
Very well. Do you have cherries?
Clément (le marchand) Oui… elles coûtent deux euros le kilo.
Yes… they cost two euros per kilo.
Marie (la cliente) Bon, je voudrais trois kilos, s'il vous plaît.
Good, I would like three kilos, please.
Clément (le marchand) Très bien, madame. Alors, pour trois kilos il faut payer six euros, s'il vous plaît.
Very well, miss. Then, for three kilos you need to pay six euros, please.

Vocabulary

Qu'est-ce que vous avez... ? What do you have?
Un grand choix A large range
Des cerises Some cherries
Elles coûtent deux euros le kilo They (feminine) cost two euros per kilo
Il faut It is necessary to, one must, you need to
vendre /vɑ̃dʁ(ə)/ to sell
payer /pe.je/ to pay

Vocabulary · Stores · Les magasins

le magasin /ma.ɡa.zɛ̃/ shop, store
le centre commercial mall, shopping centre
le grand magasin department store
le rayon /ʁɛ.jɔ̃/ department
la boutique /butik/ small store
la pharmacie /faʁ.ma.si/ pharmacy, chemist
le marché /maʁ.ʃe/ outdoor market
Foods stores
le supermarché supermarket
l'hypermarché (m) hypermarket, big supermarket
la boucherie Fr-boucherie.ogg butcher shop 1
la boulangerie
le dépôt de pain
/bu.lɑ̃ʒ.ʁi/ bakery
a place that sells bread 2
la charcuterie /ʃaʁkytəˈʁi/ delicatessen3
la crémerie dairy store
la pâtisserie Fr-pâtisserie.ogg pastry shop, pâtisserie
la poissonnerie /pwa.sɔn.ʁi/ seafood store, fishmonger
l'épicerie (f) grocery4
  1. French butchers do not sell pork, pork products, nor horsemeat. For these products, go to a charcuterie. However, a lot of boucheries are also charcuteries, and are called boucherie-charcuterie
  2. In France, bakeries only sell fresh bread; e.g. the bread is baked on site. Places where they sell bread that is not fresh are called dépôt de pain.
  3. 'Charcuteries' sell things besides pork products, including pâté, salami, cold meats, salads, quiches and pizzas.
  4. An alternative to an 'épicerie' is an alimentation générale (a general foodstore).

Grammar · -yer verbs

-yer verbs are irregular -er verbs. When y is part of the last syllable, it changes to i in order to keep the ay sound. In the present indicative of -yer verbs, this affects all forms except nous and vous. Some -yer verbs, such as payer, may optionally retain the y.

Formation

In the present indicative, payerto pay is conjugated as follows:

payer  /pe.je/ to pay
je paye (ou paie)  /pɛj/ I pay
tu payes (ou paies) /pɛj/ you pay
il paye (ou paie)  /pɛj/ he pays
nous payons /pe.jɔ̃/ we pay
vous payez /pe.je/ you pay
ils payent (ou paient) /pɛj/ they pay
payé /pe.je/ paid

Supplementary vocabulary · Other -yer verbs

appuyer /a.pɥi.je/ to press, to push, to rest (on)
employer [[:Media:Fr-employer.ogg|]] to employ
ennuyer Fr-ennuyer.ogg to bore
essayer de /e.se.je/ to try J'ai essayé d'apprendre les mots. I tried to learn the words.
essuyer [esɥi'je] to wipe
nettoyer /ne.twa.je/ to clean
noyer Fr-noyer.ogg to drown, to water down J'ai noyé mon chien dans le fleuve. I drowned my dog in the river.
tutoyer /ty.twa.je/ to address using tu

Supplementary examples

Il va me payer 3 euros. He is going to pay me 3 euros.
Payez la cassière. Pay the cashier.
J'ai payé une amende. I paid a fine.
Il faut noyer le vin avec de l'eau. You must water down the wine.

Grammar · Irregular past participles

Many of the verbs you have learned so far have irregular past participles.

Examples

J’ai vu ce film. I’ve seen this film.
Il a été blessé dans l'accident. He was injured in the accident.
Elle a fait du shopping ce matin. She went shopping this morning.
Ils ont pris une photo de la maison. They have taken a photo of the house.

Supplementary vocabulary · Clothing · Les vêtements

les vêtements habillés (dress clothes)
la chemise /ʃǝ.miz/ button down shirt
la cravate /kʁa.vat/ tie
le pantalon /pɑ̃.ta.lɔ̃/ pants
le costume
le complet
Fr-costume.ogg
/kɔ̃.plɛ/
suit
le manteau /mɑ̃to/ coat
le tailleur /ta.jœʁ/ woman's suit
la robe /ʁɔb/ dress
le chemisier blouse
la jupe /ʒyp/ skirt
les vêtements sport (casual clothes)
la casquette /kas.kɛt/ cap
le tee-shirt Fr-tee-shirt.ogg t-shirt
le pull(-over) /pyl/ a pullover, a sweater Il fait froid; je vais mettre mon pull. It's cold; I'm going to wear my sweater.
le sweat-shirt Fr-sweat-shirt.ogg sweatshirt
le blouson Fr-blouson.ogg jacket
le jean jeans
les chaussettes
les bas
les bas-culottes
les bas-culottes diaphanes
/ʃɔ.sɛt/
/bɑ/

socks
stockings
pantyhose
sheer pantyhose
les chaussures
les chaussures /ʃɔ.syʁ/ shoes
la paire de chaussures pair of shoes
les baskets /bas.kɛt/ basketball shoes, trainers
les sandales /sɑ̃dal/ sandals

Text

Exercises

Lesson 2.04 - Going Out

Dialogue

Grammar · À and de

The preposition à can indicate a destination, a location, a characteristic, measurement, a point in time, and purpose.

When le follows à, the à and le combine into au. Similarly, à and les combine into aux.

The preposition de can indicate an origin, contents, possession, cause, and manner.

When le follows de, the de and le combine into du. Similarly, de and les combine into des.

Vocabulary · Leisure activities · Les loisirs

le cinéma /si.ne.ma/ cinema
la musique /myzik/ music
le spectacle /spɛk.takl/ show
le théâtre /te.atʁ/ the theater
la danse /dɑ̃s/ dance
le sport /spɔʁ/ sport

Grammar · -tir verbs

The following verbs are all conjugated irregularly, in the same way.

To leave · Partir

partir  /paʁ.tiʁ/ (pahr-teer) to leave
je pars /paʁ/ (pahr) I leave
tu pars /paʁ/ (pahr) you leave
il part  /paʁ/ (pahr) he leaves
nous partons /paʁ.tɔ̃/ (pahr-toh(n)) we leave
vous partez /paʁ.te/ (pahr-tay) you leave
ils partent /paʁt/ (pahrt) they leave
parti(e)(s)  /paʁ.ti/ (pahr-tee) left

The verbs repartir /ʁǝ.paʁ.tiʁ/ (ruh-pahr-teer, meaning to leave for where one came from or to restart is conjugated in the same way as partir.
Répartir /ʁe.paʁ.tiʁ/ (ray-pahr-teer), meaning to distribute or to forward, is conjugated in the regular second group pattern (see the conjugation table).

To go out · Sortir

sortir  /sɔʁ.tiʁ/ (sohr-teer) to go out
je sors /sɔʁ/ (sohr) I go out
tu sors /sɔʁ/ (sohr) you go out
il sort  /sɔʁ/ (sohr) he goes out
nous sortons /sɔʁ.tɔ̃/ (sohr-toh(n)) we go out
vous sortez /sɔʁ.te/ (sohr-tay) you go out
ils sortent /sɔʁt/ (sohrt) they go out
sorti(e)(s)  /sɔʁ.ti/ (sohr-tee) gone out

The verb ressortir /ʁǝ.sɔʁ.tiʁ/ (ruh-sohr-teer, meaning to go or come back out, to take back out, to emerge from, or to stand out, is conjugated in the same way as sortir.

à partir de /a paʁ.tiʁ də/ starting at, from […] onward
supposing (that)
À partir du règne de Louis le Gros, les communes ont commencé à être affranchies de la féodalité.
À partir du troisième acte, l’intérêt de cette pièce va en s’affaiblissant.
Starting with the reign of Louis the Fat, communes began to be incorporated into the feudal system.
Starting in the third act, interest in this play starts to weaken.
la sortie /sɔʁ.ti/ exit, end, final part of

Supplementary vocabulary · All verbs

repentir /ʁə.pɑ̃.tiʁ/ to repent repen-
-men-
mentir /mɑ̃.tiʁ/ to lie men-
démentir /demɑ̃tiʁ/ to contradict, to deny, to belie démen-
-par-
partir /paʁ.tiʁ/ to leave par-
repartir /ʁǝ.paʁ.tiʁ/ to leave for where one came from, to restart repar-
répartir /ʁe.paʁ.tiʁ/ to distribute, to forward répar-
-sen-
sentir /sɑ̃.tiʁ/ to feel, to taste, to smell sen-
consentir /kɔ̃.sɑ̃.tiʁ/ to consent consen-
pressentir /pʁɛ.sɑ̃.tiʁ/ to foresee pressen-
ressentir /ʁəsɑ̃tiʁ/ to feel ressen-
-sor-
sortir /sɔʁ.tiʁ/ to go out, to take out sor-
ressortir /ʁǝ.sɔʁ.tiʁ/ to go or come back out, to take back out ressor-

Supplementary examples

Il en ressort que […] It follows from this that […]
C'est une image qui ressort. It's an image that stands out.

Vocabulary · Movies · Les films

le film /film/ movie
les sous-titres /su.titr/ subtitles
l'acteur (m)
l'actrice (f)
/ak.tœʁ/
/ak.tʁis/
actor
actress
louer /lwe/ to rent
la vidéo
le DVD
/vi.deo/ video
DVD
The movie theater
le cinéma /si.ne.ma/ the (movie) theater
la salle du cinéma theater showing room lit: room of the theater
la séance /se.ɑ̃s/ showing
le guichet /giʃɛ/ ticket window
la place
le fauteuil
/plas/
/fotœj/
seat/place to sit
chair1
coûter /ku.te/ to cost
jouer /ʒwe/ to play
Film genres
le documentaire documentary
le film d’aventures adventure movie
le film d’horreur horror film
le film de science-fiction sci-fi film

Grammar · -enir verbs

-enir verbs are irregularly conjugated (they are not treated as regular -ir verbs).

To come · Venir

The most common -enir verb is venir, meaning to come.

When venir is used with the preposition de, it means to come from or to be from:

Ces pommes viennent de l'Espagne. (These apples come from Spain.)

When venir de is used with a verb, it states that you have recently accomplished an action.

Je viens de me réveiller. (I have just got up.)

Formation

In the present indicative, venir (and all other -enir verbs) is conjugated as follows:

venir  /vǝ.niʁ/ (vuh-neer) to come
je viens /vjɛ̃/ (vyuha(n)) I come
tu viens /vjɛ̃/ (vyuha(n)) you come
il vient /vjɛ̃/ (vyuha(n)) he comes
nous venons /vǝ.nɔ̃/ (vuh-noh(n)) we come
vous venez /vǝ.ne/ (vuh-nay) you come
ils viennent /vjɛn/ (vyuhehn) they come
venu(e)(s) /vǝ.ny/ (vuh-new) come

Supplementary vocabulary · All -enir verbs

venir /vǝ.niʁ/ to come
revenir /ʁǝ.vniʁ/ to come back, to return
devenir /dǝv.niʁ/ to become
redevenir /ʁǝ.dǝ.vniʁ/ to become again
appartenir (à) /apaʁtəniʁ/ to belong to, to concern
contenir /kɔ̃.tniʁ/ to contain, to hold
détenir /det(ə)niʁ/ to keep, to detain
retenir /ʀətəniʀ/ to hold back, to retain, to uphold
se souvenir /sə su.vniʁ/ to remember
soutenir /sut.niʁ/ to support
soutenir que to maintain that
tenir /tǝniʀ/ to hold

Supplementary examples

Je viens de finir mes devoirs. I have just finished my homework.

Supplementary grammar · -é…er verbs

-é…er verbs are regular -er verbs, but are also stem changing.

Formation

suggérer  /syɡ.ʒe.ʁe/ (sewg-zhay-ray) to suggest
je suggère /syɡ.ʒɛʁ/ (sewg-zhehr) I suggest
tu suggères /syɡ.ʒɛʁ/ (sewg-zhehr) you suggest
il suggère /syɡ.ʒɛʁ/ (sewg-zhehr) he suggests
nous suggérons /syɡ.ʒe.ʁɔ̃/ (sewg-zhay-roh(n)) we suggest
vous suggérez /syɡ.ʒe.ʁe/ (sewg-zhay-ray) you suggest
ils suggèrent /syɡ.ʒɛʁ/ (sewg-zhehr) they suggest
suggéré /syɡ.ʒe.ʁe/ (sewg-zhay-ray) suggested

Other -é…er verbs

accélérer /ak.se.le.ʁe/ to accelerate
céder /se.de/ to yield
célébrer [se.le.bʁe] to celebrate
espérer /ɛspeʁe/ to hope
préférer /pʁe.fe.ʁe/ to prefer
sécher /se.ʃe/ to dry

Examples

Elles suggèrent une démonstration de maquillage. They suggest a cosmetic makeover.
Son attitude suggère une dépression nerveuse imminente. His attitude suggests an imminent nervous breakdown.

Supplementary word details · La sortie

La Sortie or Sortie is generally used for fire exit signage in buildings to direct people in the building to the nearest exit. 

In this case, La Sortie would imply The Way Out(side) to those reading it.

Supplementary word details · To feel · Sentir

Supplementary word details · To support · Soutenir

Text

Exercises

Lesson 2.05 - Transportation

Dialogue

Culture · France's transportation system

Grammar · -uire verbs

-uire verbs are conjugated irregularly.

Formation

conduire  /kɔ̃.dɥiʁ/ (koh(n)-deweer) to drive
je conduis /kɔ̃.dɥi/ (koh(n)-dewee) I drive
tu conduis /kɔ̃.dɥi/ (koh(n)-dewee) you drive
il conduit /kɔ̃.dɥi/ (koh(n)-dewee) he drives
nous conduisons /kɔ̃.dɥi.zɔ̃/ (koh(n)-dewee-zoh(n)) we drive
vous conduisez /kɔ̃.dɥi.ze/ (koh(n)-dewee-zay) you drive
ils conduisent /kɔ̃.dɥiz/ (koh(n)-deweez) they drive
conduit /kɔ̃.dɥi/ (koh(n)-dewee) driven

Supplementary vocabulary · Other -uire verbs

produire /pʁɔ.dɥiʁ/ to produce
traduire /tʁa.dɥiʁ/ to translate
réduire /ʁedɥiʁ/ to reduce
réduire à to reduce (someone) to Je l'ai réduit à l'obéissance. I reduced him to slavery.
réduire en to reduce (something) to Il l'a réduit en cendres. He reduced it to ashes.

Examples

Il conduit la voiture. He is driving the car.

Vocabulary · Driving

ouvrir to open
fermer to close

Grammar · Passé composé with être

Most verbs form the passé composé with avoir, however there are a small number of verbs that are always conjugated with être. In a general case, these verbs indicate a change in state or position.

List of verbs

aller Je suis allé au cinéma. I went to the cinema.
venir Je suis venu en France. I came to France.
arriver Le train est arrivé. The train has arrived.
partir Elle est partie travailler. She left to go to work.
rester Je suis resté à la maison. I stayed (at) home.
retourner Il est retourné au restaurant. He returned to the restaurant.
tomber Je suis tombé dans la piscine. I fell into the pool.
naître Je suis né en octobre. I was born in October.
mourir Il est mort en 1917. He died in 1917.
passer Il est passé devant la maison. He went past in front of the house.
monter Je suis monté au sommet. I climbed to the top.
descendre Il est descendu du train. He got out of the train.
sortir Je suis sorti avec mes amies. I went out with my friends.
entrer Je suis entré dans ma chambre. I entered my room.
rentrer Il est rentré tôt de l'école. He came back early from school.

The verbs that take être can be easily remembered by the acronym MRS. DR VANDERTRAMP:

MRS DR
montérestésorti devenurevenu
VANDERTRAMP
venuarrivédescenduentrérentrétombéretournéallémortparti

Direct objects

These verbs take their conjugated avoir when they are immediately followed by a direct object

For Example,

Je suis descendu.

with the direct object mes bagages becomes

J'ai descendu mes bagages.

As another example,

Je suis monté.

with the direct object mes bagages becomes

J'ai monté mes bagages.

As another example, but with ils instead of je,

Ils sont sortis.

with direct object leur passeport becomes

Ils ont sorti leur passeport.

Subject-past participle agreement

When conjugating with être, the past participles of the above verbs must agree with the subject of a sentence in gender and plurality. Note that there is no agreement if these verbs are conjugated with avoir.

J suis allé(e). Nous sommes allé(e)s.
Tu es allé(e). Vous êtes allé(e)(s).
Il est allé. Ils sont allés.
Elle est allée. Elles sont allées.

Vocabulary · Trains and stations

Grammar · The pronoun y

Indirect object pronoun - to it, to them

The French pronoun y is used to replace an object of a prepositional phrase introduced by à.

Note that lui and leur, and not y, are used when the object refers to a person or persons.

Replacement of places - there

The French pronoun y replaces a prepositional phrase referring to a place that begins with any preposition except de (for which en is used).

Note that en, and not y is used when the preposition of the object is de.

Idioms

Vocabulary · Taking a taxi

Supplementary grammar · -rir verbs

These verbs are conjugated irregularly, and normally follow the -er conjugation scheme. In past participle form, -ir is replaced with -ert for these verbs.

Formation

A common -rir verb is ouvrir:

ouvrir  /u.vʁiʁ/ to open
j'ouvre /uvʁ/ I open
tu ouvres /uvʁ/ you open
il ouvre /uvʁ/ he opens
nous ouvrons /u.vʁɔ̃/ we open
vous ouvrez /u.vʁe/ you open
ils ouvrent /uvʁ/ they open
ouvert  /u.vɛʁ/ opened

The adjective ouvertureopening /u.vɛʁ.tyʁ/ is derived from ouvrir, and the adjective ouvertopen /u.vɛʁ/ is derived from its past participle.

Other standard -rir verbs

couvrir /kuvʁiʁ/ to cover, to cover up
découvrir /de.ku.vʁiʁ/ to discover
offrir /ɔ.fʁiʁ/ to offer
recouvrir Fr-recouvrir.ogg to cover again
rouvrir Fr-rouvrir.ogg to reopen, to open again
souffrir /sufʀiʀ/ to suffer, to endure

-rir verb exceptions

To run · Courir

courir  /ku.ʁiʁ/ to run
je cours  /kuʁ/ I run
tu cours  /kuʁ/ you run
il court  /kuʁ/ he runs
nous courons /ku.ʁɔ̃/ we run
vous courez /ku.ʁe/ you run
ils courent /kuʁ/ they run
couru /ku.ʁy/ run

To die · Mourir

mourir  /mu.ʁiʁ/ to die
je meurs /kuʁ/ I die
tu meurs /kuʁ/ you die
il meurt /kuʁ/ he dies
nous mourons /ku.ʁɔ̃/ we die
vous mourez /ku.ʁe/ you die
ils meurent /kuʁ/ they die
mort  /mɔʁ/ died

1Mourir is the only -ir verb that takes être as its helping verb in perfect tenses (and therefore agrees with the subject as a past participle in a perfect tense).

The word mort /mɔʁ/ is also used as a noun, meaning death or dead person, or as an adjective, meaning dead:

Le roi est mort. - The king is dead.

The derived word mourant /mu.ʁɑ̃/ means dying or person who is dying.

To acquire · Acquérir

acquérir  /a.ke.ʁiʁ/ to acquire
j'acquiers /a.kjɛʁ/ I acquire
tu acquiers /a.kjɛʁ/ you acquire
il acquiert /a.kjɛʁ/ he acquires
nous acquérons /a.ke.ʁɔ̃/ we acquire
vous acquérez /a.ke.ʁe/ you acquire
ils acquièrent /a.kjɛʁ/ they acquire
acquis  /a.ki/ acquired

Acquis is also a noun, meaning asset.

Text

Exercises

Lesson 2.06 - Everyday Life

Dialogue

Culture · Daily life in France

Grammar · Pronominal verbs

Pronominal verbs are verbs that include pronouns. These pronouns are me, te, se, nous, and vous and are used as either direct objects or indirect objects, depending on the verb that they modify. There are three types of pronominal verbs: reflexive verbs, reciprocal verbs, and naturally pronominal verbs.

Reflexive verbs

Reflexive verbs reflect the action on the subject.

Je me lave. - I wash myself.
Nous nous lavons. - We wash ourselves.
Ils se lavent. - They wash themselves.

Reflexive verbs can also be used as infinitives.

Je vais me laver. - I'm going to wash myself.
Je ne vais pas me laver. - I'm not going to wash myself.

Reciprocal verbs

With reciprocal verbs, people perform actions to each other.

Nous nous aimons. - We like each other.

Naturally pronominal verbs

Some verbs are pronominal without performing a reflexive or reciprocal action.

Tu te souviens ? - You remember?

Examples

Vocabulary · Waking up and getting yourself ready

se lever /lǝ.ve/ (luh-vay) to get up conjugated like acheter Je me lève, je me lave. I get up, I wash.
se laver /la.ve/ (lah-vay) to wash (oneself) Elle s'est lavé les mains. She washed her hands
se raser /ʀa.ze/ (rah-zay) to shave Il se rase le matin. He shaves in the morning.
se doucher /du.ʃe/ (doo-shay) to take a shower Elle va se doucher plus tard. She is going to take a shower later.
se baigner /be.ɲe/ (bay-nyay) to bathe (oneself)
se brosser les cheveux/les dents to brush one's hair/teeth Il faut se brosser les dents chaque matin. One must brush one's teeth every morning.
le brosse
la brosse à dents
la brosse à cheveux
/bʁɔs/ (brohs)

brush
toothbrush
hairbrush
Elle adore sa brosse à dents rouge. She adores her red toothbrush.
se peigner les cheveux /pe.ɲe/ (pay-gnay) to comb one's hair
le peigne /pɛ.ɲ/ (peh-gn) comb
s'habiller /sa.bi.je/ (sah-bee-yuhay) to get dressed, to dress (oneself) Il s'habille très vite. He gets dressed quickly.

If the subject is performing the action on him or herself, the verbs are reflexive. However, if the subject were to act on someone else, the verb is no longer reflexive; instead the reflexive pronoun becomes a direct object.

Je m'habille - I get (myself) dressed.
Je t'habille - I get you dressed.

In the passé composé, the verbs use être and the participle must agree in gender and number with the subject.

Pierre s'est habillé.
Alice s'est habillée.
Georges et Martin se sont habillés.
Lisette et Rose se sont habillées.
Marc et Claire se sont habillés.
Je m'appelle Lucie, et je me suis levée à six heures.
Jean et Paul, vous vous êtes levés assez tard.

Grammar · Devoir, Falloir, and avoir besoin de

To have need of · avoir besoin de

The word le besoin /bǝ.zwɛ̃/ (buh-zwa(n)) means need, and thus the expression avoir besoin de translates to to have need of.

To have to · Devoir

devoir  /dǝ.vwaʁ/ (duh-vwahr) to have to
je dois /dwa/ (dwah) I have to
tu dois /dwa/ (dwah) you have to
il doit /dwa/ (dwah) he has to
nous devons /dǝ.vɔ̃/ (duh-voh(n)) we have to
vous devez /dǝ.ve/ (duh-vay) you have to
ils doivent /dwav/ (dwahv) they have to
du /dy/ (dew) had to

The past participle drops the circumflex accent in its other forms: feminine singular due; masculine plural dus; feminine plural dues.

Used as a noun, le devoir means duty or exercise.

To be necessary · Falloir

falloir /fa.lwaʁ/ (fah-lwahr) to be necessary
il faut /fɔ/ (foh) it is necessary
il a fallu /fa.ly/ (fah-lew) it was necessary

Comparison

The verb falloir differs from similar verbs such as avoir besoin de [faire quelque chose] (to need [to do something]) and devoirmust, duty, owe . Falloir is always used with the impersonal il only in the third person singular, whereas devoir can be used with all subject pronouns in all tenses.

Falloir expresses general necessities:

To live, one must eat.
To speak French well, one must conjugate verbs correctly.

Devoir expresses more personally what someone must do:

I want to pass my French test, so I must study verb conjugations.

Avoir besoin de [faire quelque chose] expresses need:

J'ai besoin d'étudier pour mon examen, il est demain. - I need to study for my test, it's tomorrow.

Examples

Il doit aller en France un jour. He must go to France one day.
L’officier doit veiller aux besoins du soldat. The officer must ensure the needs of the soldier.
Vous devez passer un examen médical. You need to take a medical examination.
Il faut faire venir le plombier pour réparer cette conduite d’eau. One must have the plumber come to repair the water line.

Supplementary grammar · To sleep · Dormir

Dormir, meaning to sleep, is an irregular French verb.

dormir  /dɔʁ.miʁ/ (dohr-meer) to sleep
je dors /dɔʁ/ (dohr) I sleep
tu dors /dɔʁ/ (dohr) you sleep
il dort /dɔʁ/ (dohr) he sleeps
nous dormons /dɔʁ.mɔ̃/ (dohr-moh(n)) we sleep
vous dormez /dɔʁ.me/ (dohr-may) you sleep
ils dorment /dɔʁm/ (dohrm) they sleep
dormi /dɔʁ.mi/ (dohr-mee) sleep

The verb endormir /ɑ̃.dɔʁ.miʁ/ (ah(n)-dohr-meer), meaning to put to sleep, and its reflexive form s'endormirto fall asleep are conjugated in the same way as dormir. The noun le dortoir /dɔʀ.twaʀ/ (dohr-twahr), meaning dormitory, is derived from dormir.

Examples

Endormez cet enfant. Put this child to sleep.
Je me suis endormi vers les trois heures. I was asleep about three hours.

Text

Exercises

Lesson 2.07 - Rural Life

Dialogue

Culture · Rural France

Vocabulary · Farms

Grammar · To follow · Suivre

suivre  /sɥivʁ/ (seweevr) to follow
je suis /sɥi/ (sewee) I follow
tu suis /sɥi/ (sewee) you follow
il suit /sɥi/ (sewee) he follows
nous suivons /sɥi.vɔ̃/ (swee-voh(n)) we follow
vous suivez /sɥi.ve/ (sewee-vay) you follow
ils suivent /sɥiv/ (seweev) they follow
suivi /sɥi.vi/ (sewee-vee) followed

The verb poursuivre ( /puʁ.sɥivʁ/), meaning to pursue, to torment, to carry on, or to sue, is conjugated in the same way as suivre.

Examples

Le chien poursuit le gibier. The dog pursued the game (wild animal).
Ce général poursuivit les ennemis deux jours durant. This general pursued the enemy for two days.
Ce douloureux souvenir me poursuit nuit et jour. This painful memory haunts me night and day.
Je vous ai suivi dans vos succès et vos revers. I followed you in your successes and setbacks.

Vocabulary · Camping

Grammar · To live · Vivre

vivre  /vivʁ/ (veevr) to live
je vis /vi/ (vee) I live
tu vis /vi/ (vee) you live
il vit /vi/ (vee) he lives
nous vivons /vi.vɔ̃/ (vee-voh(n)) we live
vous vivez /vi.ve/ (vee-vay) you live
ils vivent /viv/ (veev) they live
vécu /ve.ky/ (vay-kew) lived

Examples

Les poissons vivent dans l’eau. Fish live in water.
Les chênes vivent fort longtemps. Oak trees live very long.
Il a vécu quatre-vingts ans. He lived eighty years.

Grammar · To be born · Naître

naître  /nɛtr/ (nehtr) to be born
je nais /nɛ/ (neh) I am born
tu nais /nɛ/ (neh) you are born
il naît /nɛ/ (neh) he is born
nous naissons /nɛ.sɔ̃/ (neh-soh(n)) we are born
vous naissez /nɛ.se/ (neh-say) you are born
ils naissent /nɛs/ (nehs) they are born
né(e)(s) /ne/ (nay) been born

Naître is the only -aître verb that takes être as its helping verb (and therefore agrees with the subject as a past participle in perfect tenses).

The verb renaître (to be reborn ·  /ʀənɛtʀ/) is conjugated in the same way as naître.

Examples

Les animaux et les plantes naissent puis meurent. Animals and plants are born and die.

Vocabulary · Animal actions

accoucher  /a.ku.ʃe/ To bear (give birth to) La vache est accouchée d’un garçon. The cow gave birth to a boy.
déranger  /de.ʁɑ̃.ʒe/ To bother; to disrupt Si cela ne vous dérange pas, fermez la porte. If you don't mind, close the door.
s’échapper  /e.ʃa.pe/ To go away, to run away, to escape L'oiseau a rompu son lien et s'est échappé. The bird broke its link and escaped.
enterrer to bury Quand on a arraché du plant, il faut l’enterrer promptement, de peur qu’il ne se sèche. When one has uprooted the plant, it must be buried quickly, lest it dries.
se gratter
gratter
to scratch, to scrape
to stir, to turn over
Un cheval se gratte contre la muraille.
Les poules grattent le fumier.
A horse is scratching against the wall.
The chickens turn over the manure.
grignoter to nibble Le chiot s’amuse à grignoter. The puppy likes to nibble.
mordre  /mɔʁdʁ/ to bite Ce chien mord cruellement.
Être mordu par un chien enragé.
This dog bites cruelly.
To be bitten by a rabid dog.
ronger  /ʁɔ̃.ʒe/ to gnaw Les rats rongent la paille dans les greniers. Rats are gnawing at the straw in the sheds.
téter /te.te/ to suckle

Grammar · Pronominal verbs with perfect tenses

When pronominal verbs are conjugated in perfect tenses, être is used as the auxiliary verb.

Reflexive verbs

In perfect tenses, the past participles agree with the direct object pronoun, but not the indirect object pronoun, in gender and plurality. Therefore it would only agree when the reflexive pronoun is the direct object. Also remember that the past participle does not agree with the direct object if it goes after the verb.

Elle s'est lavée. (She washed herself.)
Nous nous sommes lavé(e)s. ('We washed ourselves.)
Elle s'est lavé les mains. (She washed her hands.)
Nous nous sommes lavé les mains. (We washed our hands.)

Reciprocal verbs

Like reflexive verbs, the past participle of reciprocal verbs agrees in number and gender with the direct object if it goes before the verb. It therefore agrees with all reciprocal pronouns that function as direct objects.

Nous nous sommes aimé(e)s. (We liked each other.)

The reciprocal pronoun can also function as an indirect object without a direct object pronoun.

Nous nous sommes parlé. (We spoke to each other.)
Elles se sont téléphoné. (They called one another.)
Vous vous êtes écrit souvent ? (You wrote to each other often?)

Naturally pronominal verbs

In perfect tenses, these verbs agree with the direct object if it goes before the verb. Otherwise, the past participle agrees with the subject.

Elle s'est souvenue. (She remembered.)
Le chien s'est couché. (The dog lay down.)

Note that assis(e)(es), the past participle of s'asseoir (to sit), does not change in the masculine plural form.

Supplementary vocabulary · Farm animals

la vache cow
le mouton sheep
le porc pig
la chèvre goat
le poulet chicken
le cheval horse
la dinde turkey
le lama llama

Supplementary vocabulary · Interacting with animals

agacer  /a.ɡa.se/ to irritate, to tease Ce vent, ce bruit agace les nerfs.
Je m'agace dès que je n'arrive pas a faire quelque chose.
agacer un enfant, un chien
This wind, this sound irritates the nerves.
I annoy myself when I just can not do something.
to tease a child, a dog
appeler  /ap(ə)le/ to call, to call out J'appelle le nom du chien.
Nous devrons appeler un médecin.
Elle a appelé à l'aide.
I call the dog's name.
We should call a doctor.
She called out for help.
câliner /ka.li.ne/ to cuddle Elle câline trop ce chien.
Une petite fille aime à se faire câliner.
She cuddles this dog too much.
A little girl likes to be cuddled.
caresser  /ka.ʁɛ.se/ to stroke, to caress Le zéphyr caresse les fleurs. The breeze caresses the flowers.
élever  /ɛl.ve/ to raise, to bring up conjugated like lever Élevez le chaton.
Élevez davantage cette lampe.
La lecture de cet ouvrage élève l’esprit.
Bring up the kitten.
Raise this lamp more.
Reading this book raises the spirit.
enfermer  ɑ̃fɛʁme/ to lock away, to confine Je vais enfermer les chevaux dans une écurie.
enfermer dans une cage
I'm going to lock the horses in a stable.
to lock in a cage
lâcher  /lɑ.ʃe/ to release, to unleash, to loosen, to let go J'ai lâché un oiseau.
Lâcher les chiens, les laisser courir après la bête.
I released a bird.
Unleash the dogs, let them run after the beast.
nourrir  /nu.ʁiʁ/ to feed Cette fertile région produit tout ce qui est nécessaire pour nourrir hommes et animaux. This fertile region produces everything that is needed to feed people and animals.
s’occuper de to take care of, to deal with Il s’occupe de son jardin.
Il s’occupe trop du soin de sa santé.
Moi, je m'occupe des clients.
He takes care of his garden.
He deals too much with the care of his health.
Me, I'll take care of the clients.
se promener
promener
promener un chien
to go for a walk, to stroll
to walk out (an animal)
to walk a dog
sauver
se sauver
 /sɔ.ve/ to save, to rescue
to escape, to take refuge
soigner /swaɲe/ to nurse, to look after, to take care of Je vais soigner le cheval.
Il est soigné par tous ceux qui l’entourent.
I will take care of the horse.
He was taken care of by all those around him.

Supplementary vocabulary · At the sea · À la mer

la baleine  /ba.lɛn/ whale
la bouée /bwe/ buoy
l'île (f)  /il/ island La Corse est une île.
Il y a une petite île dans ce lac.
Ce parc est l’île de verdure de la ville.
Corsica is an island.
There is a small island in the lake.
This park is an island of greenery in the city.
la jumelle (marine)  /ʒy.mɛl/ (marine) binoculars Passe-moi les jumelles. Pass me the binoculars.
le marin  /ma.ʁɛ̃/ seaman
la mer  /mɛʁ/ sea
la mouette  /mwɛt/ gull, seagull
le navire  /na.viʁ/ ship Les navires sont à l’ancre le long de la plage. The ships are anchored along the beach.
le pêcheur
la pêcheuse
 /pɛ.ʃœʁ/
/pɛ.ʃøz/
fisher
la plage  /plaʒ/ beach À cet endroit, la Seine découvre une petite plage. At this point, the Seine discovers a small beach.
le poisson  /pwa.sɔ̃/ fish
le port  /pɔʁ/ port, harbour Marseille est un des plus beaux ports du monde.
Il s’est assuré un port dans la tempête.
Marseille is one of the finest ports in the world.
He secured a port in the storm.
la sardine /saʁ.din/ sardine
la serviette (de plage)  /sɛʁ.vjɛt/ (beach) towel also: napkin Chérie, passe-moi la serviette, j’ai du savon dans les yeux ! Honey, pass me the towel, I have soap in my eyes!
la vague  /vaɡ/ wave Il est englouti par les vagues. He is engulfed by the waves.
la voile  /vwal/ sail, sailing un voile (m) is a veil Hissons la grande voile, matelots ! Raise the mainsail, seamen!
(se) noyer  /nwa.je/ to drown J'ai noyé mon chien dans le fleuve.
Elle s'est noyée dans l'océan.
Il s’est noyé dans la rivière.
I drowned my dog in the river.
She drowned in the ocean.
He drowned in the river.
ramer  /ʁa.me/ to row
nager  /na.ʒe/ to swim

Supplementary vocabulary · Wild animals

l'aigle (m/f)  /ɛɡl/ eagle J’ai aperçu un aigle noir.
L’aire d’un aigle est souvent très étendue.
I saw a black eagle.
The area of an eagle is often extensive.
le cerf (élaphe)  /sɛʁ/ (red) deer Les cerfs élaphes mâles, plus lourds que les femelles, sont moins rapides qu'elles. Red deer males, heavier than the females, are slower than them.
la chouette (effraie) /ʃwɛt/ (barn) owl Le cri de la chouette est lugubre. The cry of the owl is gloomy.
la cigogne  /si.ɡɔɲ/ stork
le crocodile  /kʀɔkɔdil/ crocodile Ce fleuve est infesté de crocodiles. This river is infested with crocodiles.
le dauphin  /do.fɛ̃/ dolphin Le marsouin est une espèce de dauphin. The porpoise is a species of dolphin.
l'éléphant (d’Afrique, d’Asie) (m)
l'éléphante (f)
 /e.le.fɑ̃/
/e.le.fɑ̃t/
(African, Asian) elephant
la girafe  /ʒi.ʁaf/ giraffe
l'hibou (m)  /ibu/
l'hippopotame (m)  /i.pɔ.pɔ.tam/ hippopotamus
le kangourou  /kɑ̃.ɡu.ʁu/ kangaroo
le lion
la lionne
 /ljɔ̃/
 /ljɔn/
lion
le loup  /lu/ wolf Le loup hurle et grogne. The wolf howls and growls.
l'ours (brun, blanc/polaire, noir) (m)
l'ourse (f)
 /uʁs/
/uʁs/
(brown, polar, black) bear Les ours peuvent se soutenir et marcher sur leurs pattes arrière. Bears can support themselves and walk on their hind legs.
le panda /pɑ̃.da/ panda Le panda est une espèce très menacée. The panda is a highly endangered species.
la panthère  /pɑ̃tɛʀ/ panther
le perroquet  /pɛ.ʁɔ.kɛ/ parrot
le phoque  /fɔk/ seal
le renard (polaire)  /ʁənaʁ/ (arctic) fox Les renards dévastent les basses-cours.
Le renard est connu pour être très rusé.
Le renard exhale une odeur fétide.
The foxes devastate the barnyard.
The fox is known to be very tricky.
The fox gives off a foul odor.
le requin  /ʁǝ.kɛ̃/ shark
le rhinocéros  /ʁi.nɔ.se.ʁɔs/ rhinoceros Les rhinocéros ont un corps massif et des jambes grosses et courtes. Rhinoceros have a massive body and short large legs.
le singe  /sɛ̃ʒ/ monkey, ape L’orang-outang est un singe arboricole. The orangutan is an arboreal ape.
le tigre
la tigresse
 /tiɡʁ/
 /tiɡʁɛs/
tiger
le zèbre
la zébresse
 /zɛbʁ/
/ze.bʁɛs/
zebra

Text

Exercises

Supplementary exercises

ExerciseTranslation of animal actions

(Highlight or hover over a line to show the answer.) Translate each sentence into English.

Elle a accouché très courageusement. She gave birth very courageously.
Le chien ronge un os. The dog gnaws a bone.
Les souris ont rongé ce morceau de pain. The mice have eaten the piece of bread.
Les vers rongent le bois. The worms eat away the wood.

Lesson 2.08 - Food and Drink

Dialogue

Grammar · -ger verbs

-ger verbs are regular -er verbs that are also stem changing. The most common -ger verb is manger.

For manger and all other regular -ger verbs, the stem change is the addition of an e after the g. This only applies in the nous form. In this case, the change is made to preserve the soft g pronunciation rather than the hard g that would be present if the e were not included.

Formation

manger  /mɑ̃ʒe/, [mɑ̃ː.ˈʒe](mah(n)zhay) to eat
je mange /mɑ̃ʒ/ (mah(n)zh) I eat
tu manges /mɑ̃ʒ/ (mah(n)zh) you eat
il mange /mɑ̃ʒ/ (mah(n)zh) he eats
nous mangeons /mɑ̃.ʒɔ̃/ (mah(n)zhoh(n)) we eat
vous mangez /mɑ̃.ʒe/ (mah(n)zhay) you eat
ils mangent /mɑ̃ʒ/ (mah(n)zh) they eat
mangé /mɑ̃.ʒe/ (mah(n)zhay) eaten

Other -ger verbs

changer /ʃɑ̃.ʒe/ to change
exiger /ɛɡ.zi.ʒe/ to require
nager /na.ʒe/ to swim
soulager /sulaʒe/ to relieve
voyager /vwa.ja.ʒe/ to travel

Examples

Nous mangeons dans une heure. We eat in an hour.
C’est le soir qui soulage les esprits. It’s the evening which soothes the spirits.

Vocabulary · Common foods

la banane /ba.nan/ banana
la pomme /pɔm/ apple Je vais m'étendre dans la prairie, sous un pommier aux pommes vertes et dures. I'll lie down in the meadow, under a tree with green and hard apples.
la viande /vjɑ̃d/ meat
le poulet /pu.lɛ/ chicken Je vais faire du poulet rôti. I'm going to make roasted chicken.
le bœuf /bœf/ beef
le poisson (frais, salé, mariné, sec, frit, grillé) /pwa.sɔ̃/ (fresh, salted, pickled, dried, fried, grilled) fish
le bonbon [[:Media:Fr-bonbon.ogg|]] candy Je vous ai apporté des bonbons. I brought you some candy.

Grammar · To drink · Boire

The verb boire, meaning to drink, is irregularly conjugated (it is not a regular -re verb).

Formation

boire  /bwaʁ/ (bwahr) to drink
je bois /bwɑ/ (bwah) I drink
tu bois /bwɑ/ (bwah) you drink
il boit /bwɑ/ (bwah) he drinks
nous buvons /by.vɔ̃/ (bew-voh(n)) we drink
vous buvez /by.ve/ (bew-vay) you drink
ils boivent /bwav/ (bwahv) they drink
bu /by/ (bu) (bew) drunk

Vocabulary · Drinks · Les boissons

la bière /bjɛr/ beer
le café /ka.fe/ coffee Je vais boire une tasse de café. I'll drink a cup of coffee.
le chocolat (chaud) /ʃɔ.kɔ.la/ hot chocolate Quand j’ai froid, je bois un chocolat chaud. When I'm cold, I drink a hot chocolate.
le coca /kɔ.ka/ Coke, soda Nous avons bu un coca dans ce bar après le travail. We drank a Coke in the bar after work.
la limonade /li.mɔ.nad/ lemonade, lemon soda La limonade est rafraîchissante en été. Lemonade is refreshing in the summer.
l'eau (f) /o/ water Je vais boire un verre d’eau fraîche. I'm going to drink a cool glass of water.
le jus (d'orange, de pomme, de raisin, de tomate) /ʒy/ (orange, apple, grape, tomato) juice Garçon, deux jus de pomme, s’il vous plaît ! Waiter, two apple juice, please!
le thé (vert, noir, rouge) /te/ (green, black, red) tea Mon frère n'aime pas le thé noir. Il boit toujours du thé vert. My brother does not like black tea. He always drinks green tea.
le vin (blanc, rosé, rouge) /vɛ̃/ (white, rosé, red) wine As-tu bu ?
J'ai bu deux verres de vin.
Have you been drinking?
I have drunk two glasses of wine.

Grammar · The partitive article

The partitive article de indicates, among other things, the word some. As learned earlier, de and le contract (combine) into du, as de and les contract into des. Also, instead of du or de la, de l' is used in front of vowels.

When speaking about food, the partitive article is used at some times while the definite article (le, la, les) is used at other times, and the indefinite article (un, une) in yet another set of situations. In general de refers to a part of food (a piece of pie) whereas the definite article (le) refers to a food in general (I like pie (in general)). The indefinite article refers to an entire unit of a food (I would like a (whole) pie).

When speaking about preferences, use the definite article:

J'aime la glace. I like ice cream.
Nous préférons le steak. We prefer steak.
Vous aimez les frites. You like French fries.

When speaking about eating or drinking an item, there are specific situations for the use of each article.

Definite article (specific/whole items)
J'ai mangé la tarte. I ate the (whole) pie.
Indefinite article (known quantity)
J'ai mangé une tarte. I ate a pie.
Partitive article (unknown quantity)
J'ai mangé de la tarte. I ate some pie.

In the negative construction, certain rules apply. Un or une changes to de in a negative construction, meaning, in this context, any. Similarly, du, de la, or des change to de in negative constructions.

Nous avons mangé une tarte. We ate a pie.
Nous n'avons pas mangé de tarte. We did not eat a pie.
We did not eat any pie.
Nous avons mangé de la tarte. We ate some pie.
Nous n'avons pas mangé de tarte. We did not eat some pie.
We did not eat any pie.

Grammar · Some of it · En

To say some of it without specifying the exact object, the pronoun en can be used. Additionally, en can mean of it when it is not specified. For instance, instead of saying J'ai besoin d'argent, if the idea of money has already been raised, it can be stated as J'en ai besoin. This is because en replaces du, de la or des when the noun is not specifically mentioned in the sentence.

Like with me, te and other pronouns, en (meaning some) comes before the verb.

Tu joues du piano? Non, je n'en joue pas. Do you play piano? No, I don't play it.
Vous prenez du poisson? Oui, j'en prends. Are you having fish? Yes, I'm having some.
Vous avez commandé de l'eau? Oui, nous en avons commandé. Did you order some water? Yes, we ordered some.

Vocabulary · Cooking

Grammar · To put · Mettre

Formation

mettre  /mɛtʁ/ (mehtr) to put
je mets  /mɛ/ (meh) I put
tu mets  /mɛ/ (meh) you put
il met /mɛ/ (meh) he puts
nous mettons /mɛ.tɔ̃/ (meh-toh(n)) we put
vous mettez /mɛ.te/ (meh-tay) you put
ils mettent /mɛt/ (meht) they put
mis /mi/ (mee) put

Supplementary vocabulary · Derived words

admettre /admɛtʁ/ to admit, to accept On va admettre Georges dans la compagnie. We'll admit George in the company.
commettre /kɔ.mɛtʁ/ to commit, to entrust Il a commis un crime. He committed a crime.
compromettre /kɔ̃.pʁɔ.mɛtʁ/ to compromise, to jeopardize Il n'a pas compromis sa dignité. He did not compromise his dignity.
démettre /de.mɛtʁ/ to dismiss, to discharge Il a été démis de ses fonctions de préfet. He was dismissed from his position as prefect.
se démettre to resign Il s’est démis de sa charge. He resigned from his office.
émettre /e.mɛtʁ/ to emit, to express, to issue Le gouvernement émit du papier-monnaie. The government issued paper money.
omettre /ɔ.mɛtʁ/ to omit Il a omis une formalité nécessaire. He omitted a necessary formality.
permettre /pɛʁ.mɛtʁ/ to allow Vous me permettrez de le faire? Will you allow me to do that?
promettre /pʁɔ.mɛtʁ/ to promise, to be promising, to be hopeful
réadmettre /ʁeadmɛtʁ/ to readmit
remettre /ʁə.mɛtʁ/ to put back, to replace
soumettre /su.mɛtʁ/ to submit Je soumets cette proposition à votre agrément. I submit this proposal for your approval.
transmettre /tʁɑ̃s.mɛtʁ/ to transmit Le télégraphe a transmis cette dépêche. The telegraph sent this dispatch.
mettre à jour /mɛ.tʁ‿a ʒuʁ/ to update
mettre au jour to bring to light, to uncover Les autorités policières ont mis au jour des opérations illégales.
Les archéologues travaillent à mettre au jour les vestiges d'un oppidum.
The police have uncovered illegal operations.
Archaeologists work to uncover the remains of an oppidum.
mettre au monde /mɛt.ʁ‿o mɔ̃d/ to give birth
mettre à profit /mɛt.ʁ‿a pʁɔ.fi/ to benefit, to gain C’est un homme qui met tout à profit. This is a man who benefits from everything.
mettre de côté /mɛtʁ də ko.te/ to put aside, to save (money, etc.) C'est un homme d'une grande économie et qui met tous les ans quelque chose de côté. This is a man of great economy who saves something every year.
mettre en cause to suspect; to accuse, blame
mettre en marche /mɛ.tʁ‿ɑ̃ maʁʃ/ to start
mettre en œuvre /mɛ.tʁ‿ɑ̃.n‿œvʁ/ to implement, to carry out On mets du bois en œuvre. We put wood to work.
mettre en place to put in place, to set up
mettre en route /mɛ.tʁ‿ɑ̃ ʁut/ to start
mettre fin (à) to put an end (to) Il a mis fin au contrat. He terminated the contract.
mettre l'accent sur to highlight
mettre la main à la pâte to pitch in
mettre le couvert to set the table
remettre en route /ʁǝ.mɛ.tʁ‿ɑ̃ rut/ to resume
se mettre à to start (to do something) , to take up Elles s'est mis à sortir les weekends. The girls started going out on weekends.
se mettre à table /sə mɛ.tʁ‿a tabl/ to sit down to eat
se mettre d'accord /sə mɛtʁ d‿a.kɔʁ/ to settle on, to agree

Supplementary examples

C’est un fait que je n’admets pas. It's a fact that I do not accept.
Je vous en ai commis le soin. I entrusted the care of it to you.
J’ai commis cela à vos soins. I committed that to your care.
Cette compagnie de chemin de fer a émis un grand nombre d’obligations. This railway company has issued a large number of bonds.
C’est un homme qui promet toujours et qui ne tient rien. This is a man who always promises and does nothing.

Supplementary usage notes · Mettre

Supplementary usage notes · Remettre

Supplementary vocabulary · Fruits and vegetables

les fruits (fruits)
la banane /ba.nan/ banana
la cerise /s(ə)ʁiz/ cherry
le citron /sit.ʁɔ̃/ lemon
la fraise /fʁɛz/ strawberry
l'orange (f) /ɔ.ʁɑ̃ʒ/ orange Il a pressé l’orange afin d’en extraire du jus. He squeezed the orange to extract juice from it.
la pomme /pɔm/ apple
le raisin /ʁɛ.zɛ̃/ grape Quentin cueille des raisins. Quentin's picking the grapes.
le pamplemousse /pɑ̃pləmus/ grapefruit
les légumes (vegetables)
la carotte /ka.ʁɔt/ carrot
les épinards (m) /epinaʁ/ spinach
l'oignon (m) /ɔɲɔ̃/ onion
les petits pois (m) /pə.ti pwa/ peas
la pomme de terre /pɔm də tɛʁ/ potato Faites cuire des pommes de terre à l'eau salée. Cook potatoes in salted water.
la tomate /tɔ.mat/ tomato
les asperges (f) /as.pɛʁʒ/ asparagus Je vais semer des asperges. I'm going to plant asparagus.
les haricots (m) /a.ʁi.ko/ beans

Supplementary vocabulary · Meat and seafood

la viande (meat)
l'agneau (m) /a.ɲo/ lamb
la dinde /dɛ̃d/ turkey
le jambon /ʒɑ̃.bɔ̃/ ham
le porc /pɔʁ/ pork
le poulet /pu.lɛ/ chicken
le bœuf /bœf/ beef
la saucisse /so.sis/ sausage
les fruits de mer (m) (shellfish, seafood)
la coquille Saint-Jacques /kɔ.kij sɛ̃ jak/ scallop
le crabe /kʁab/ crab
le poisson (fish)
les anchois (m) /ɑ̃.ʃwa/ anchovies
le saumon /somõ/ salmon
l'anguille (f) /ɑ̃.ɡij/ eel

Supplementary vocabulary · Dessert · Le dessert

le bonbon /bɔ̃.bɔ̃/ candy Je vous ai apporté des bonbons. I brought you some candy.
le chocolat /ʃɔ.kɔ.la/ chocolate
le gâteau (au chocolat, au fromage, de pommes de terre) /ɡa.tɔ/ cake
la glace (à la vanille, au citron, au chocolat) /ɡlas/ (vanilla, orange, chocolate) ice cream La glace est un met très apprécié en été. Ice cream is a dish popular in summer.
la mousse /mus/ mousse J’adore les mousses au chocolat avec des biscuits. I love chocolate mousse with crackers.
la tarte (aux cerises, aux abricots, aux pommes, aux fraises) /taʁt/ (cherry, apricot, apple, strawberry) pie Noémie apprécie la tarte aux myrtilles et la tarte aux pommes. Noémie likes blueberry pie and apple pie.

Supplementary vocabulary · Other foods

le croissant /kʁwasɑ̃/ crescent roll
les frites (f) /fʁit/ French fries
la crêpe /kʁɛp/ pancake
la mayonnaise /ma.jɔ.nɛz/ mayonnaise
la moutarde /mu.taʁd/ mustard
le pain /pɛ̃/ bread
la pâtisserie /pɑ.ti.sʁi/ pastry Regardez les belles pâtisseries dans la vitrine. Look at the beautiful pastries in the window.
le poivre /pwavʁ/ pepper
le riz /ʁi/ rice Adèle cultive du riz. Adele grows rice.
le sel /sɛl/ salt
le sucre /sykʁ/ sugar
la confiture /kɔ̃.fi.tyʁ/ jam
les produits laitiers (dairy products)
le beurre /bœʁ/ butter
le fromage /fʁɔ.maʒ/ cheese
le lait /lɛ/ milk
le yaourt /ja.uʁt/ yogurt

Text

Exercises

Lesson 2.09 - Dining

Dialogue

Culture · Dining in France

Vocabulary

Places
la cuisine /kɥi.zin/ kitchen Béatrice est dans la cuisine. Béatrice is in the kitchen.
la salle à manger [[:Media:Fr-us-salle-a_manger.ogg|]] dining room
le restaurant /ʁɛs.to.ʁɑ̃/ restaurant
Meals
le repas /ʀəpɑ/ meal
le petit déjeuner /pə.ti.de.ʒœ.ne/ breakfast
le déjeuner /de.ʒœ.ne/ lunch
le dîner /di.ne/ dinner
le goûter /ɡu.te/ snack
Food stores
la boucherie /buʃ.ʁi/ butcher shop1
la boulangerie /bu.lɑ̃ʒ.ʁi/ bakery2
le dépôt de pain a place that sells bread2
la charcuterie /ʃaʁkytəˈʁi/ delicatessen3
l'épicerie (f) /e.pi.sʁi/ grocery4
la crémerie /kʁɛm.ʁi/ dairy store
la poissonnerie /pwa.sɔn.ʁi/ seafood store
le marché /maʁ.ʃe/ outdoor market
la pâtisserie /pɑ.ti.sʁi/ pastry shop Je vais goûter dans une pâtisserie. I'm going to snack in a pastry shop.
Actions and feelings
avoir faim to be hungry
avoir soif to be thirsty
manger /mɑ̃ʒe/ to eat On mange au restaurant. We are eating at the restaurant.
boire [bwɑʁ] to drink
prendre /pʁɑ̃dʁ/ to take, to eat, to drink
vouloir /vu.lwaʁ/ to want
mettre le couvert to set the table Le couvert est mis pour deux. The table is set for two.
préparer un repas to prepare a meal

Canadian and Belgian French has an off-by-one behavior with meals : breakfast is called déjeuner, lunch is called dîner and dinner is souper.

  1. French butchers do not sell pork, pork products, nor horsemeat. For these products, go to a charcuterie.
  2. In France, bakeries only sell fresh bread. Places where they sell bread that is not fresh are called dépôt de pain.
  3. 'Charcuteries' sell things besides pork products, including pâte, salami, cold meats, salads, quiches and pizzas.
  4. An alternative to an 'épicerie' is an alimentation générale (a general foodstore).

Grammar · To want and to be able to · Vouloir et pouvoir

Vouloir

The verb vouloir, meaning to want, is irregularly conjugated (it is not a regular -ir verb).

vouloir  /vu.lwaʁ/ (voo-lwahr) to want
je veux /vø/ (vew) I want
tu veux /vø/ (vew) you want
il veut /vø/ (vew) he wants
nous voulons /vu.lɔ̃/ (voo-loh(n)) we want
vous voulez /vu.le/ (voo-lay) you want
ils veulent /vøl/ (vewl) they want
voulu /vu.ly/ (voo-lew) wanted

The related phrase vouloir dire /vu.lwaʁ diʁ/ means to mean. The idiom en vouloir /ɑ̃ vu.lwaʁ/ means to be angry (with) .

Pouvoir

Pouvoir, meaning to be able to, is conjugated similarly to vouloir.

pouvoir  /pu.vwaʁ/ (poo-vwahr) to be able to
je peux /pø/ (pew) I am able to
tu peux /pø/ (pew) you are able to
il peut /pø/ (pew) he is able to
nous pouvons pu.vɔ̃/ (poo-voh(n)) we are able to
vous pouvez /pu.ve/ (poo-vay) you are able to
ils peuvent /pøv/ (pewv) they are able to
pu /py/ (pew) been able to

The noun le pouvoir means power or authority, and the term au pouvoir means in power. The adverb peut-être /pø.tɛtʁ/, literally translated as could be, means maybe or perhaps.

Examples

Voulez-vous un sandwich ? Do you want a sandwich?
Qu’est-ce que ça veut dire ? What does this mean?
Que veut dire ce mot ? What does this word mean?
Je peux venir ce soir. I can come this evening.
Veux-tu venir avec moi demain ?
Peut-être.
Do you want to come with me tomorrow?
Maybe.
Elle peut parler cinq langues couramment. She can speak five languages fluently.
Tu peux fumer si tu le souhaites. You can smoke if you wish.
Je peux appeler un médecin si tu ne te sens pas bien. I can call a doctor if you do not feel well.
Ne comptez pas sur lui, il peut partir du jour au lendemain. Do not count on him, he can leave overnight.
À cette époque, il peut pleuvoir plusieurs fois par jours. At that time, it can rain several times a day.
Ne t'impatiente pas ! Elle a pu être prise dans les embouteillages. Don't be impatient! She could have been caught in traffic jams.
Peux-tu m'ouvrir ce bocal s'il te plait ?
Oui, je veux bien essayer.
Can you open this jar for me please?
Yes, I want to try.

Supplementary usage notes · Pouvoir

Pouvoir is not used with verbs relating to the five senses:

I can see you. - Je te vois. (not Je peux te voir., which is I can meet you.)

Pouvoir is not used to mean can in the sense of to know how to. Use savoir instead.

I can swim. - Je sais nager. (not Je peux nager.)

In Belgian French, pouvoir is additionally not used to say someone is capable of something, savoir is also used for that.

Je ne sais pas dormir. - I am not able to sleep. to a Belgian, I do not know how to sleep. to a Frenchman.
Je ne peux pas dormir. - I am not allowed to sleep. to a Belgian, I am not able to sleep. to a Frenchman.

Puis is the first person present indicative form used in inversion and as an archaic variant.

Vocabulary · Dining at a restaurant

arriver /a.ʁi.ve/ to arrive On est arrivés au restaurant vers 9 heures. We arrived at the restaurant around 9 o'clock.
la table occupée
la table libre
an occupied table
a free table
trouver /tʁu.ve to find
se trouver to be found La boulangerie se trouve en face du cinéma. The bakery is (found) opposite the cinema.
commander [kɔ.mɑ̃.de] to order Il a commandé un sandwich. He ordered a sandwich.
le déjeuner
déjeuner
/de.ʒœ.ne/ lunch
to eat lunch
le petit déjeuner /pə.ti.de.ʒœ.ne/ breakfast
le dîner
dîner
/di.ne/ dinner
to dine, to eat dinner
désirer /de.zi.ʁe/ to desire
le serveur
la serveuse
/sɛʁ.vœʁ/
/sɛʁ.vøz/
waiter
waitress
la carte /kaʁt/ menu
l'addition (f) /a.di.sjɔ̃/ check
le pourboire /puʁ.bwaʁ/ tip
laisser /lese/ to leave
je voudrais… I would like… Je voudrais un peu de beurre avec mon croissant, s'il vous plait. I would like a bit of butter with my croissant, please.

Grammar · To serve · Servir

Servir, meaning to serve (to bring a meal to someone), is conjugated similarly to sortir, partir, and dormir.

Formation

servir  /sɛʁ.viʁ/ (sehr-veer) to serve
je sers /sɛʁ/ (sehr) I serve
tu sers /sɛʁ/ (sehr) you serve
il sert /sɛʁ/ (sehr) he serves
nous servons /sɛʁ.vɔ̃/ (sehr-voh(n)) we serve
vous servez /sɛʁ.ve/ (sehr-vay) you serve
ils servent /sɛʁv/ (sehrv) they serve
servi /sɛʁ.vi/ (sehr-vee) served

The verbs desservir /de.sɛʁ.viʁ/, meaning to clear (a table) or to clear away, and resservir /ʁə.sɛʁ.viʁ/, meaning to serve again, are conjugated in the same way as servir.

Examples

Il va servir le dîner à huit heures. He's going to serve dinner at eight.
On nous a servi à dîner. We were served dinner.
Ils ont servi un plat de légumes. They served a vegetable dish.
Le dîner est servi, on peut se mettre à table. Dinner is served, you can sit at the table.
Il veut desservir la table. He wants to clear the table.
Vous êtes bien mal servi. You are very poorly served.

Supplementary usage notes · Servir and desservir

Servir means to serve (to bring a meal to someone):

On nous a servi à dîner. (We were served dinner.)

It can also mean to serve more generally:

Il sert son pays. (He serves his country.)
Il a servi dans l’infanterie. (He served in the infantry.)
Il aime à se faire servir. (He likes to be served.)

It can also mean to be used for or to be useful for someone:

Ce livre lui a bien servi dans son travail. (This book served him well in his work.)
Cela ne sert à rien! (That is useless!)
Cette machine ne peut plus servir. (This machine is no longer useful.) (lit: This machine no longer serves.)

In the context of sports, servir means to serve (start a point with service) or to set up (pass to, in order to give a scoring chance).

In the context of transportation, desservir, meaning to serve (of a train or bus, to stop at a particular town), is used instead:

Ce train dessert les grandes villes de la région. (This train serves the big towns in the region.)
Cet autobus dessert les boulevards. (This bus serves the boulevards.)
Ce bureau de poste dessert plusieurs communes. (This post office serves several municipalities.)

Grammar · -cer verbs

-cer verbs are regular -er verbs, but are also stem changing. The most common -cer verb is commencer, meaning to begin.

Formation

commencer  /kɔ.mɑ̃.se/ (koh-mah(n)-say) to begin
je commence /kɔ.mɑ̃s/ (koh-mah(n)s) I begin
tu commences /kɔ.mɑ̃s/ (koh-mah(n)s) you begin
il commence /kɔ.mɑ̃s/ (koh-mah(n)s) he begins
nous commençons /kɔ.mɑ̃.sɔ̃/ (koh-mah(n)-soh(n)) we begin
vous commencez /kɔ.mɑ̃.se/ (koh-mah(n)-say) you begin
/kɔ.mɑ̃s/ (koh-mah(n)s) they begin
commencé /kɔ.mɑ̃.se/(koh-mah(n)-say) begun

Common -cer verbs

Examples

Supplementary vocabulary · Other -cer verbs

tracer /tʁa.se/ to draw or plot
placer /plase/ to place, to seat
agacer /a.ɡa.se/ to irritate, to tease
forcer /fɔʁ.se/ to force
commencer /kɔ.mɑ̃.se/ to begin
prononcer /pʁɔ.nɔ̃.se/ to say, to mention, to give (a speech)
lancer /lɑ̃.se/ to throw, to launch
effacer /e.fa.se/ to erase
acquiescer /a.kje.se/ to acquiesce
influencer to influence
sucer /syse/ to suck
pincer /pɛ̃.se/ to pince
recommencer [[:Media:Fr-recommencer.ogg|]] to restart
avancer [[:Media:Fr-avancer.ogg|]] to advance, to go forward
remplacer [[:Media:Fr-remplacer.ogg|]] to replace
annoncer [[:Media:Fr-annoncer.ogg|]] to announce, to predict
se balancer [[:Media:Fr-balancer.ogg|]] to swing
menacer [[:Media:Fr-menacer.ogg|]] to threaten, to endanger
se fiancer to get engaged
clamecer to snuff it.
froncer /fʀɔ̃se/ to scowl
épicer to spice, to add spice to
renforcer to reinforce, to strengthen
percer [[:Media:Fr-percer.ogg|]] to pierce
financer to fund
rincer [[:Media:Fr-rincer.ogg|]] to rinse
enfoncer /ɑ̃.fɔ̃.se/ to push or press something in
déplacer /de.pla.se/ to move
divorcer /di.vɔʁ.se/ to divorce
bercer [[:Media:Fr-bercer.ogg|]] to cradle
lacer /la.se/ to lace, to lace up
coincer to corner
replacer to put back, to replace
manigancer /dekɔ̃tnɑ̃se/ to conspire
décontenancer to make uncomfortable
tancer /tɑ̃se/ to scold, to reprimand
relancer to throw back, to restart
dénoncer [[:Media:Fr-dénoncer.ogg|]] to denounce
grimacer /ɡʁi.ma.se/ to grimace
concurrencer to compete with
renoncer [[:Media:Fr-renoncer.ogg|]] to resign, to quit, to renounce
immiscer /imise/ to involve
se immiscer (dans) to interfere (with)
foncer /fɔ̃.se/ to darken, to tear along
déréférencer to dereference.
exercer /ɛɡ.zɛʁ.se/ to instruct, to command, to exercise
pioncer /pjɔ̃.se/ to be sleeping
évincer /e.vɛ̃.se/ to evict
ambiancer to cause ambience
devancer to get in front of, to go past, to overtake
grincer [[:Media:Fr-grincer.ogg|]] to squeak
désamorcer to defuse
amorcer to prime, to set in motion
commercer [[:Media:Fr-commercer.ogg|]] to trade
épucer /e.py.se/ to remove fleas
tiercer
tercer
/tjeʁse/
/tɛʁ.se/
entrelacer /ɑ̃tʁlase/ to interlock, to interweave
glacer /glase/ to freeze; to turn to ice
poncer to rub down with an abrasive
policer to police
défoncer to smash in, to rip
préfacer to write a preface
exaucer [[:Media:Fr-exaucer.ogg|]] to fulfil the wish of a prayer
énoncer to enounce
cofinancer to cofinance.
condoléancer to condole

Supplementary vocabulary · Silverware and the table

le couvert /ku.vɛʁ/ cover
l'assiette (f) /a.sjɛt/ plate also: dish On a besoin des assiettes.
C'est une bonne assiette.
We need plates.
It's a good dish.
le bol /bɔl/ bowl
la soucoupe /su.kup/ saucer
le couteau /ku.to/ knife
la cuillère /kɥijɛr/ spoon
la fourchette /fuʁʃɛt/ fork
la serviette /sɛʁ.vjɛt/ napkin
la nappe /nap/ tablecloth
la tasse /tas/ cup
le verre /vɛʁ/ glass On va boire un verre ? Will we drink a glass?

Supplementary usage notes · To take, to eat, to drink · Prendre

prendre  /pʁɑ̃dʁ/ (prah(n)dr) to take
je prends /pʁɑ̃/ (prah(n)) I take
tu prends /pʁɑ̃/ (prah(n)) you take
il prend  /pʁɑ̃/ (prah(n)) he takes
nous prenons  /pʁə.nɔ̃/ (pruh-noh(n)) we take
vous prenez  /pʁǝ.ne/ (pruh-nay) you take
ils prennent  /pʁɛn/ (prehn) they take
pris /pʁi/ taken

Supplementary vocabulary · Quantities

le gramme /ɡʁam/ gram
le kilo(gramme) /ki.lɔ/
/ki.lɔ.ɡʁam/
kilogram
le litre /litʁ/ liter
la bouteille /bu.tɛj/ bottle1 Une bouteille d’eau est utile en excursion. A bottle of water is useful during trips.
la boîte /bwat/ can
la livre /livʁ/ pack, pound2
le paquet /pakɛ/ packet
le pot /po/ pot
  1. -eille is pronounced eh-yuh
  2. Do not confuse with le livre (book) .

Text

Exercises

Lesson 2.10 - Communication

Dialogue

Grammar · -aître verbs

Verbs ending in -aître, such as connaître, meaning to know (personally), are conjugated irregularly.

Formation

connaître  /kɔ.nɛtʁ/ (koh-nehtr) to know
je connais /kɔ.nɛ/ (koh-neh) I know
tu connais /kɔ.nɛ/ (koh-neh) you know
il connaît /kɔ.nɛ/ (koh-neh) he knows
nous connaissons /kɔ.nɛ.sɔ̃/ (koh-neh-soh(n)) we know
vous connaissez /kɔ.nɛ.se/ (koh-neh-say) you know
ils connaissent /kɔ.nɛs/ (koh-nehs) they know
connu  /kɔ.ny/ (koh-new) known

Supplementary vocabulary · Other -aître verbs

apparaître /a.pa.ʁɛtʁ/ to appear
comparaître /kɔ̃.pa.ʁɛtʁ/ to appear before an official Il a comparu devant le maire. He appeared before the Mayor.
disparaître /dis.pa.ʁɛtʁ/ to disappear La douleur a complètement disparu. The pain has completely disappeared.
méconnaître /me.kɔ.nɛtʁ/ to not recognize, to be unaware of Le médecin a méconnu la nature de cette maladie. The doctor did not recognize the nature of this sickness.
disparaître [[:Media:Fr-disparaître.ogg|]] to disappear
naître [[:Media:Fr-naître.ogg|]] to be born1
paraître /pa.ʁɛtʁ/ to appear, to seem L'acteur a paru sur l'écran.
Il paraît 40 ans.
The actor appeared on screen.
He seems forty.
réapparaître /ʁe.a.pa.ʁɛtʁ/ to reappear Lorsque la terre est réapparue, ce a été à l’entrée du détroit de Magellan. When land reappeared, it was at the entrance of the Strait of Magellan.
reconnaître /ʁǝ.kɔ.nɛtʁ/ to recognize Je l’ai reconnu à sa démarche. I recognized his walk.
repaître /ʁə.pɛtʁ/ to feed, to eat Il faut repaître ces animaux.
Les cerfs sortent le soir des bois pour repaître.
It is necessary to feed these animals.
The deer come out of the woods in the evening to eat.
reparaître /ʁǝ.pa.ʁɛtʁ/ to reappear Le soleil reparaît sur l’horizon. The sun reappears on the horizon.

1Naître has an irregular past participle () and takes être as its helping verb in perfect tenses.

Grammar · To know · Savoir

savoir  /sa.vwaʁ/ (sah-vwahr) to know
je sais /sɛ/ (seh) I know
tu sais /sɛ/ (seh) you know
il sait /sɛ/ (seh) he knows
nous savons /sa.vɔ̃/ (sah-voh(n)) we know
vous savez /sa.ve/ (sah-vay) you know
ils savent /sav/ (sahv) they know
su /sy/ (sew) known

Usage notes · Connaître and savoir

Connaître is used to say that you know someone, or are acquainted with someone or something:

Ce chien connaît bien son maître.This dog knows its master.
Ce cheval connaît le chemin.This horse knows the way.

Savoir is used to say that you know a fact or piece of information:

Il est difficile de savoir si elle ment.It's difficult to know if she's lying.

Savoir is also used to say that you know how to do something:

Savez-vous nager?Do you know how to swim?

Examples

Cet enfant ne connaît pas encore ses lettres. This child does not know his letters.
Je ne connais cette personne que de nom. I know this person only by name.
Il connaît sa faiblesse. He knows his weakness.

Vocabulary · Phone calls

le téléphone /te.le.fɔn/ (tay-lay-fohn) telephone
le téléphone portable
le téléphone mobile
le mobile
/te.le.fɔn pɔʁ.tabl/ (tay-lay-fohn pohr-tahbl)
Fr-le téléphone mobile.ogg
/mɔ.bil/ (moh-beel)
mobile phone

Usage notes · Téléphoner and appeler

Téléphoner (à) is used to say that you are calling (to) someone. In French, you call to someone, so the verb is used with indirect, and not direct, objects:

Je téléphone à Jacques.I'm calling Jacques.
J'ai téléphoné à mon ami.I called my friend.

Appeler is also used:

J'ai appelé Marcel sur son mobile.I called Marcel on his mobile.

Grammar · To say · Dire

Dire , meaning to say or to tell, is conjugated irregularly.

Formation

dire  /diʁ/ (deer) to say
je dis /di/ (dee) I say
tu dis /di/ (dee) you say
il dit  /di/ (dee) he says
nous disons /di.zɔ̃/ (dee-zoh(n)) we say
vous dites  /dit/ (deet) you say
ils disent /diz/ (deez) they say
dit  /di/ (dee) said

The related verb redire /ʁə.diʁ/ (ruh-deer) means to repeat, to restate, or to retell. The related phrase vouloir dire /vu.lwaʁ diʁ/ (voo-lwahr deer) means to mean.

Examples

Il a dit son nom. He said his name.
« Je m'appelle Paul, » dit-il. "My name is Paul," he said.
Je vais dire un secret. I'm going to say a secret.
Georges ne dit pas la vérité. Georges does not tell the truth.
Il ne faut pas le redire. You don't have to say it again.
Je t'ai déjà dit, mais je le redis à toi. I've already told you, but I'll tell you again.
Il va redire tout ce qu’on lui dit. He's going to retell all that we say to him.

Supplementary grammar · Verbs conjugated similarly to dire

The following verbs are conjugated like dire, except that the second person plural form is -dissez, not -dites.

contredire /kɔ̃t.ʁə.diʁ/ to contradict Il a essayé de me contredire, il n’y a pas réussi. He tried to contradict me, he has not succeeded.
interdire /ɛ̃.tɛʁ.diʁ/ to forbid, to ban Il est interdit d’interdire.
Une obligation imprévue m’interdit ce plaisir.
It is forbidden to forbid.
An unforeseen obligation prevents me that pleasure.
médire /mediʁ/ to slander, to speak badly of Vous médisez de tout le monde.
Il médit de son prochain.
You speak badly of everyone.
He speaks ill of his neighbor.
prédire /pʁediʁ/ to predict, to foretell Les chercheurs ont prédit l'éclipse.
Les prophètes ont prédit la venue de Jésus-Christ.
The scientists predicted the eclipse.
The prophets foretold the coming of Jesus Christ.
dédire /de.diʁ/ to go back on, to retract

maudireto curse /mo.diʁ/ is also conjugated in this way, except that the third person plural is maudissent.

Vocabulary · Mail · Le courrier

la poste /pɔst/ post office
le courrier /ku.ʁje/ mail Le courrier n’est pas encore arrivé.
Répondez-moi par courrier.
Les heures du courrier sont changées.
The mail has not arrived yet.
Answer me by mail.
The mail hours are changed.
la lettre (d’affaires, d’amour, de recommandation, d’avis, de condoléance) /lɛtr(ə)/ (business, love, recomendation, notification, condolence) letter J'ai mis la lettre à la poste. I put the letter in the post.
la boîte aux lettres
la boite aux lettres
/bwa.to.lɛtʁ/ mailbox J'ai mis ta missive dans la boite aux lettres. I put your letter in the mailbox.
cacheter (une lettre, un paquet) /ka.ʃə.te/ to seal (a letter, a parcel) Elle cachète toutes ses lettres avec de la cire. She seals all her letters with wax.
fermer (une lettre) /fɛʁ.me/ to close (a letter)
envoyer (une lettre) /ɑ̃.vwa.je/ to send (a letter) Je vais envoyer le paquet par le chemin de fer. I will send the package by railroad.
recevoir (une lettre) /ʁəs.vwaʁ/ to receive (a letter)
ouvrir (une lettre) /u.vʁiʁ/ to open (a letter)
décacheter (une lettre) /de.kaʃ.te/ to unseal (a letter)
répondre (à une lettre) /re.pɔ̃dʁ/ to answer, to respond (to a letter) Je lui ai écrit deux fois, il ne m’a pas répondu. I wrote to him twice, he did not answer.

Supplementary grammar · To send · Envoyer

Formation

envoyer  /ɑ̃.vwa.je/ (ah(n)-vwah-yuhay) to send
je envoie /ɑ̃.vwa/ (ah(n)-vwah) I send
tu envoies /ɑ̃.vwa/ (ah(n)-vwah) you send
il envoie /ɑ̃.vwa/ (ah(n)-vwah) he sends
nous envoyons /ɑ̃.vwa.jɔ̃/ (ah(n)-vwah-yuhoh(n)) we send
vous envoyez /ɑ̃.vwa.je/ (ah(n)-vwah-yuhay) you send
ils envoient /ɑ̃.vwa/ (ah(n)-vwah) they send
envoyé /ɑ̃.vwa.je/ (ah(n)-vwah-yuhay) sent

The verb renvoyer /ʁɑ̃.vwa.je/ (rah(n)-vwah-yuhay), meaning to resend or to send back, is conjugated in the same way as envoyer.

Examples

Je vais envoyer le paquet par le chemin de fer. I will send the package by railroad.

Supplementary grammar · -cevoir verbs

Verbs ending in -cevoir, such as recevoir, meaning to receive, are conjugated irregularly.

Formation

recevoir  /ʁə.sv.waʁ/ (ruh-sev-wahr) to receive
je reçois /ʁə.swa/ (ruh-swah) I receive
tu reçois /ʁə.swa/ (ruh-swah) you receive
il reçoit /ʁə.swa/ (ruh-swah) he receives
nous recevons /ʁə.sv.ɔ̃/ (ruh-sev-oh(n)) we receive
vous recevez /ʁə.sv.e/ (ruh-sev-ay) you receive
ils reçoivent /ʁə.swav/ (ruh-swahv) they receive
reçu  /ʁǝ.sy/ (ruh-sew) received

Other -cevoir verbs

apercevoir /a.pɛʁ.sǝ.vwaʁ/ to see, to glimpse, to catch sight of
concevoir /kɔ̃səvwaʀ/ to conceive, to understand C'est un ouvrage bien conçu.
Cette femme a passé l’âge de concevoir.
It is a well-designed book.
This woman was too old to conceive.
décevoir /de.sǝ.vwaʁ/ to disappoint, to deceive Il m’a déçu par sa manière d’agir. He disappointed me by his actions.
percevoir /pɛʁ.sǝ.vwaʁ/ to perceive
repercevoir /ʁə.pɛʁ.sə.vwaʁ/ to reperceive

Examples

Odette répond à toutes les lettres qu’elle reçoit. Odette answers all the letters that she receives.
Je conçois bien ce que vous me dites. I understand what you say.
C’est une chose difficile à concevoir. It is hard to conceive.
Tous ses espoirs ont été déçus. All his hopes were dashed.

Supplementary vocabulary · Computers and the Internet

Computer hardware
l'ordinateur (portable) (m) /ɔʁ.di.na.tœʁ/ (laptop) computer Elle est sur l’ordinateur. She is on the computer.
l'écran (d'ordinateur) (m) /e.kʁɑ̃/ (computer) screen, monitor
le clavier /klavje/ keyboard
la souris /su.ʁi/ mouse
l'imprimante (f) /ɛ̃.pʁi.mãt/ printer Cette imprimante est dotée de cartouches couleur ; elle peut imprimer en couleur. This printer has color cartridges and can print in color.
le CD-ROM /se.de.ʁɔm/ CD-ROM Ce CD-ROM contient un dictionnaire très complet. This CD-ROM contains a comprehensive dictionary.
la disquette /dis.kɛt/ floppy disk
Computer software
le software software
l’information /ɛ̃.fɔʁ.ma.sjɔ̃/ information
le logiciel /lɔ.ʒi.sjɛl/ software (program) C’est un logiciel très facile d’utilisation. The software is easy to use.
le programme
la programmation
/pʁɔ.ɡʁam/
/pʁɔ.ɡʁa.ma.sjɔ̃/
program
programming
L’ordinateur refuse d'ouvrir ce programme.
Ce programme résoud tous mes problèmes !
The computer refuses to open this program.
This program solves all my problems!
le document /dɔkymɑ̃/ document
le fichier /fi.ʃje/ file
Computer use
utiliser /y.ti.li.ze/ to use
taper (un texte) /ta.pe/ to type (a text)
sauvegarder (un fichier) /sɔv.ɡaʁ.de/ to save (a file)
exécuter /ɛɡ.ze.ky.te/ to run, to carry out
cliquer /klike/ to click Tu dois cliquer sur le bouton rouge. You must click (on) the red button.
allumer /a.ly.me/ to turn on
éteindre /e.tɛ̃dʁ/ to turn off ((to extinguish)
The Internet
aller sur Internet to go on the Internet Il est allé sur Internet pour lire le journal. He went on the Internet to read the newspaper.
le modem /modˈɛm/ modem
la connexion /kɔ.nɛk.sjɔ̃/ connection
connecter /ko.nɛk.te/ to connect Je vais connecter l'ordinateur au réseau informatique. I will connect the computer to the computer network.
le site (Web) /sit/
/sit wɛb/
(web) site Je suis en train d’étudier le langage HTML pour concevoir mon site Web perso. I am studying HTML to design my personal website.
l'e-mail (m) /i.mɛl/ e-mail
télécharger /te.le.ʃaʁ.ʒe/ to download, to upload Elle a téléchargé le ficher. She downloaded the file.
transmettre /tʁɑ̃s.mɛtʁ/ to transmit

Supplementary grammar · To call · Appeler

Appeler means to call or to call out.

Appeler is also used to say what your name is. Je m'appelle... literally means I call myself…, but in English you would say My name is…. Appeler is a regular -er verb, but is also stem changing.

Formation

appeler  /ap(.ə).le/ (ahp(uh)-lay) to call
j'appelle /a.pɛl/ (ah-pehl) I call
tu appelles /a.pɛl/ (ah-pehl) you call
il appelle /a.pɛl/ (ah-pehl) he calls
nous appelons /ap(.ə).lɔ̃/ (ah-puh-loh(n)) we call
vous appelez /ap(.ə).le/ (ah-puh-lay) you call
ils appellent /a.pɛl/ (ah-pehl) they call
appelé /ap(.ə).le/ (ah-play) called

Rappeler /ʀa.ple/ (rah-play), meaning to call back, recall, or remind, is conjugated in the same way as appeler. The reflexive form se rappeler means to remember.

The related masculine noun l'appel /a.pɛl/ means call or appeal:

J'ai entendu votre appel.I heard your call.
Les femelles blattes produisent des phéromones lors de l'appel du mâle.The female cockroach produce pheromones during the call of the male.

The noun le rappel /ʀa.pɛl/ means reminder or recall:

Cet ambassadeur a obtenu son rappel.The ambassador has received his recall.
Il a obéi par la crainte du rappel.He obeyed by the fear of the recall.
J’ai été obligé de lui faire un discret rappel pour l’amener à me rembourser.I was obliged to make a discreet reminder to him to reimburse me.

Examples

J'ai appelé son nom. I called out her name.
Appelle-moi ce soir. Call me this evening.
Nous devrons appeler un médecin. We should call a doctor.
Elle a appelé à l'aide. She called out for help.
Ton père t’a téléphoné. Peux-tu le rappeler ? Your father telephoned. Can you call him back?
Rappelle-moi à mon rôle. Remind me of my role.
Je ne me le rappelle pas. I don't remember that/it/him.

Text

Exercises

Level three

Lesson 3.01 - Vacations

Grammar review · Present indicative

Regular formation

Grammar
Regular verbs · Les verbes réguliers
-er verbs -ir verbs -re verbs
parl… fin… vend…
Subject Ending Example Ending Example Ending Example
Je -e parle -is finis -s vends
Tu -es parles -is finis -s vends
Il -e parle -it finit - vend
Nous -ons parlons -issons finissons -ons vendons
Vous -ez parlez -issez finissez -ez vendez
Ils -ent parlent -issent finissent -ent vendent

Vocabulary review · Travel

l’aéroport (m) /a.e.ʁɔ.pɔʁ/ airport
l’autobus (m) /o.to.bys/ bus
l’avion (m) /a.vjɔ̃/ aircraft, airplane
les bagages /ba.ɡaʒ/ baggage
le billet /bi.jɛ/ (train, airplane) ticket
le métro /met.ʁɔ/ subway, underground
la poste /pɔst/ post office
le taxi /ta.ksi/ taxi
le ticket (de métro) /ti.kɛ/ (subway) ticket
le train /tʁɛ̃/ train
la valise /va.liz/ suitcase
la voiture /vwa.tyʁ/ car
Tu es d'où ? Where are you from? colloquial
D'où êtes-vous ? Where are you from? formal
Je suis de (d') I am from …

Dialogue

Culture · Vacations in France

Vocabulary · Geography

le monde /mɔ̃d/ the world Chacun a le droit de vivre sur le monde. Everyone has the right to live in the world.
Political geography
la ville /vil/ town, city
le village /vi.laʒ/ village
le pays /pɛˈi/ country L’Allemagne est un pays démocratique. Germany is a democratic country.
l'état (m) /e.ta/ state
Natural geography
le fleuve /flœv/ river L’Amazone est un fleuve d'Amérique du Sud. The Amazon is a South American river.
la montagne /mɔ̃.taɲ/ mountain
le lac /lak/ lake Le Léman est le plus grand lac alpin. Lake Geneva is the largest alpine lake.
l'océan (m) /ɔ.se.ɑ̃/ ocean Cette île est perdue dans l’immensité de l’océan. This island is lost in the vastness of the ocean.
Cardinal directions
le nord /nɔʁ/ north L’aiguille aimantée se tourne vers le nord.
Il a voyagé dans le nord.
Les plus belles fourrures viennent du nord.
The needle turns to the north.
He traveled in the north.
The best furs come from the north.
le sud /syd/ south L’Espagne est au sud des Pyrénées.
Orléans est au sud de paris.
Spain is south of the Pyrenees.
Orléans is south of Paris.
l'est (m) /ɛst/ east Le vent vient de l’est. The wind comes from the east.
l'ouest (m) /wɛst/ west Le vent souffle du ouest. The wind blows from the west.

Grammar · Simple future · Futur simple

There are three versions of the future tense in French, the futur simple the futur composé, and the futur antérieur(future perfect). One uses the future simple tense when referring to an action, certain to occur, in a time ahead of now.

Regular formation

To conjugate a verb in the simple future, one takes the infinitive and appends the right form of avoir, except for nous and vous which takes -ons and -ez:

Vocabulary
voler · to fly
Subject Ending Conjugated verb Pronunciation
je -ai volerai /vɔl.ʁɛ/
tu -as voleras /vɔl.ʁa/
il / elle / on -a volera /vɔl.ʁa/
nous -ons volerons /vɔl.ʁɔ̃/
vous -ez volerez /vɔl.ʁe/
ils / elles -ont voleront /vɔl.ʁɔ̃/

Examples

Vocabulary · Airports and airplanes

The airport
l'aéroport (m) /a.e.ʁɔ.pɔʁ/ airport
le passeport /pas.pɔʁ/ passport
le chariot (de bagages) /ʃa.ʁjɔ/ (baggage) cart
l'arrivée (f) /a.ʁi.ve/ arrival
le départ /de.paʁ/ departure Le départ de l'avion à destination de Londres est annoncé.
Le départ du train est retardé de dix minutes.
Nous fixerons l'heure de départ à cinq heures.
The departure of the flight to London is announced.
The departure of the train is delayed for ten minutes.
We will set the departure time to five.
arriver (en avance / en retard) /a.ʁi.ve/ to arrive (early/late) On est arrivés à Paris vers 9 heures. We arrived in Paris around 9 o'clock.
The terminal
l'aérogare (f) /a.e.ʁo.gaʁ/ terminal
la compagnie (aérienne) /kɔ̃.pa.ɲi/ (airline) company
le billet (d'avion/simple/aller-retour) (plane/one-way/round trip) ticket
la classe tourisme
la première classe
coach
first class
la porte /pɔʁt/ gate
embarquer /ɑ̃.baʁ.ke/ to board
Baggage
les bagages (m) /ba.ɡaʒ/ baggage Je vais vous aider à porter vos bagages. I'm going to help you carry your baggage.
enregistrer (ses bagages) to check in (one's baggage) Les bagages peuvent être enregitrés jusqu'à la destination finale. The baggage can be checked in until the final destination.
The airplane
l'avion (m) /a.vjɔ̃/ plane
décoller
le décollage
/de.kɔ.le/
/de.kɔ.laʒ/
to take off
take-off
Cet avion décolle à 17h. This plane takes off at five.
voler
le vol
/vɔ.le/
/vɔl/
to fly
flight
also: to steal
also: theft
Cet avion vole très bas.
La plupart des oiseaux volent.
Cet aviateur a volé près de deux cents heures.
This plane is flying very low.
Most birds fly.
This bomber flew nearly two hundred hours.
le pilote /pi.lɔt/ pilot Ce pilote de ligne assure la liaison Paris-Pékin.
l'hôtesse (de l'air) (f) /o.tɛs/ flight attendant
le passager /pa.sa.ʒe/ passenger Il y a sur ce bâtiment cent hommes d’équipage et cinq cents passagers. There are a hundred crewmen and five hundred passengers.
atterrir
l'atterrissage (m)
/a.tɛ.ʁiʁ/
/a.tɛ.ʁi.saʒ/
to land
landing
L’avion a dû atterrir à cause de l’orage.
L'atterrissage de la sonde Huygens sur Titan a eu lieu le 14 janvier 2005.
The plane had to land because of the storm.
The landing of the Huygens probe on Titan took place January 14, 2005.

Supplementary vocabulary · Places

Supplementary grammar · Geography prepositions

Cities

À is used to say in, at, or to:

Je vais à Paris.I'm going to Paris.

De is used to say from:

Je reviens de Paris.I return from Paris.

Feminine areas

En is used to say in, at, or to for feminine geographical areas except cities:

Je vais en France.I go to France.

De is used to say from for feminine geographical areas:

Je reviens de France.I return from France.
Je reviens d'Espagne.I return from Spain.

Masculine areas

Dans le is used to say in, at, or to for masculine regions, provinces, and states:

Je vais dans le Limousin.I'm going to Limousin.

Au is used to say in, at, or to for masculine countries beginning with a consonant:

Je vais au Portugal.I'm going to Portugal.

En is used to say in, at, or to for masculine countries beginning with a vowel:

Je vais en Israël.I'm going to Israel.

Du is used to say from for masculine geographical areas beginning with a consonant:

Je reviens du Limousin.I return from Limousin.
Je reviens du Portugal.I return from Portugal.

D' is used to say from for masculine countries beginning with a vowel:

Je reviens d'Israël.I return from Israel.

Plural countries

Aux is used to say in, at, or to if a plural article is part of the name of a country:

Je vais aux États-Unis.I'm going to the United States.

Des is used to say from if a plural article is part of the name of a country:

Je reviens des États-Unis.I return from the United States.

Supplementary vocabulary · Nationalities · Les nationalités

Nationalities are not capitalized as often in French as they are in English. If you are referring to a person, as in an Arab person or a Chinese person, the French equivalent is un Arabe or un Chinois. However, if you are referring to the Arabic language or Chinese language, the French would not capitalize: l'arabe, le chinois. If the nationality is used as an adjective, it is normally left uncapitalized: un livre chinois, un tapis arabe.

(listen: one · two)
MasculineFeminineEnglish
allemandallemandeGerman
américainaméricaineAmerican
anglaisanglaiseEnglish
australienaustralienneAustralian
belgebelgeBelgian
birmanbirmaneBurmese
britanniquebritanniqueBritish
cambodgiencambodgienneCambodian
canadiencanadienneCanadian
chinoischinoiseChinese
coréencoréenneKorean
écossaisécossaiseScottish
espagnolespagnoleSpanish
françaisfrançaiseFrench
indienindienneIndian
indonésienindonésienneIndonesian
israëlienisraëlienneIsraeli
italienitalienneItalian
japonaisjaponaiseJapanese
malaisienmalaisienneMalaysian
mauricienmauricienneMauritian
néerlandaisnéerlandaiseDutch
philippinphilippineFilipino
portugaisportugaisePortuguese
singapouriensingapourienneSingaporean
suédoissuédoiseSwedish
suissesuisseSwiss
thaïlandaisthaïlandaiseThai
vénézuélienvénézuélienneVenezuelan
vietnamienvietnamienneVietnamese

Text

Cet été, nous partirons en vacances au bord de la mer. Nous allons passer une semaine à Nice sur la côte d'Azur.

Nous partirons en voiture et il y aura certainement beaucoup de bouchons sur l'autoroute. Nous nous baignerons le matin et je ferai des châteaux de sable avec mon fils.
A midi nous mangerons puis nous ferons une bonne sieste car il fera certainement très chaud. L'après-midi, nous irons visiter des expositions de peintures ou alors nous irons
dans des parc d'attractions. Vivement les vacances!

Exercises

Lesson 3.02 - Work

Grammar review · Present perfect

Auxiliary verb formation

The auxiliary verb is always either avoir or être . When the auxiliary verb is conjugated in the passé composé the auxiliary verb is conjugated in the present indicative:

J'ai fini.I have finished.

Past participle formation

  • -er verbs: replace -er with é
  • -ir verbs: replace -ir with i
  • -re verbs: replace -re with u

Past participle agreement

The past participle must agree with the direct object of a clause in gender and plurality if the direct object goes before the verb.

If the direct object is masculine and singular, there is no change:

J'ai fini le jeu.I have finished the game.
Je l'ai fini.I have finished it.

If the direct object is feminine and singular, add an e to the past participle:

J'ai fini la tâche.I have finished the task.
Je l'ai finie.I have finished it.

If the direct object is masculine and plural, add an s to the past participle:

J'ai fini les jeux.I have finished the games.
Je les ai finis.I have finished them.

If the direct object is feminine and plural, add an es to the past participle:

J'ai fini les tâches.I have finished the tasks.
Je les ai finies.I have finished them.

Avoir or être ?

In most circumstances, the auxiliary verb is avoir . However, under certain situations, the auxiliary verb is être . This occurs when the verb is reflexive or is one of sixteen special verbs that take être (note that when a direct object is used with these verbs, avoir is used).

Grammar review · Infinitives

The formation of a conjugated verb + infinitive is the same in French as it is in English: conjugate the first verb, then append the infinitive.

Aimer
J'aime jouer au tennis.I like to play tennis.
J'aime lire le journal au lit.I like to read the newspaper in bed.
Devoir
Venir
Vouloir
Je veux aller au centre commercial.I want to go to the mall.

However, when one uses vouloir to request something of someone else, one must use the subjunctive:

Je veux que tu fasses la vaisselle.I want you to do the dishes.
Pouvoir
Faire causitif
Je le fais réparer.I have it fixed.
Futur proche
Je vais aller.I'm going to go.

Pronouns

Pronouns come before the verb they modify:

Je vais le voir.I'm going to see it.

Negation

Either the conjugated verb or the infinitive can be negated, each with different meanings:

Je n'aime pas marcher.I don't like to walk.
J'aime ne pas marcher.I like to not walk.

Dialogue

Culture · Work life in France

Vocabulary · At work

travailler to work
travailler pour to work for (somebody)
l'employé (m)
l'employée (f)
Fr-employé.ogg employee

Vocabulary · The office

Supplementary vocabulary · Professions

l'agriculteur (m)
l'agricultrice (f)
[a.ɡʁi.kyl.tœʁ]
/a.ɡʁi.kyl.tʁis/
farmer
l'architecte (m or f) /aʁʃitɛkt/ architect Il a fallu toute une équipe d'architectes pour concevoir ce nouvel avion. It took a whole team of architects to design the new aircraft.
l'avocat (m) /a.vɔ.ka/ lawyer Votre avocat a fort bien plaidé. Your lawyer argued well.
le/la comptable /kɔ̃.tabl/ accountant
le cuisinier
le chef
la cuisinière
la cheffe
[[:Media:Fr-cuisinier.ogg|]]
/ʃɛf/
[[:Media:Fr-cuisinière.ogg|]]
/ʃɛf/
cook Cet homme est un très bon cuisinier.
Cette femme est une très bonne cuisinière.
This man is a very good cook.
This woman is a very good cook.
le/la dentiste /dɑ̃tist/ dentist
l'écrivain (m)
l'écrivaine (f)
/e.kʁi.vɛ̃/
/e.kʁi.vɛn/
writer
le/la fonctionnaire /fɔ̃k.sjɔ.nɛʁ/ civil servant
le garçon
le serveur
la serveuse
/ɡaʁsɔ̃/
/sɛʁ.vœʁ/
/sɛʁ.vøz/
waiter
waitress
Garçon, l'addition s'il vous plait. Waiter, the bill please.
le gardien /ɡaʁ.djɛ̃/ guard
l'homme d'affaires (m)
le businessman
la businesswoman
/ɔm d‿a.fɛʁ/
/biz.nɛz.man/
businessperson
l'informaticien (m)
l'informaticienne (f)
/ɛ̃.fɔʁ.ma.ti.sjɛ̃/
/ɛ̃.fɔʁ.ma.ti.sjɛn/
computer specialist, IT worker
l'ingénieur (m)
l'ingénieure (f)
/ɛ̃.ʒe.njœʁ/ engineer
l'interprète (m or f) /ɛ̃.tɛʁ.pʁɛt/ interpreter Ils se parlent par interprète.
Vous nous servirez d’interprète.
They speak through an interpreter.
You serve us as an interpreter.
le/la journaliste /ʒuʁ.na.list/ journalist
le/la juge /ʒyʒ/ judge Le juge a rendu la sentence ce matin. The judge issued the sentence this morning.
le marchand
la marchande
/maʁ.ʃɑ̃/
/maʁ.ʃɑ̃d/
merchant
le médecin /me.də.sɛ̃/ doctor Ma mère est médecin scolaire. My mother is a school doctor.
le musicien
la musicienne
/my.zi.sjɛ̃/
/my.zi.sjɛn/
musician Gluck, Mozart, Beethoven, Berlioz sont de grands musiciens, des musiciens célèbres. Gluck, Mozart, Beethoven, and Berlioz are famous musicians.
le/la peintre /pɛ̃tʁ/ painter
le pharmacien
la pharmacienne
/faʁ.ma.sjɛ̃/
/faʁ.ma.sjɛn/
pharmacist, chemist
le plombier /plɔ̃.bje/ plumber Il faut faire venir le plombier pour réparer cette conduite d’eau. We must have the plumber come to repair the water line.
le policier
la policière
/pɔ.li.sje/
police officer
le politicien
la politicienne
/pɔ.li.ti.sjɛ̃/
/pɔ.li.ti.sjɛn/
politician
le pompier /pɔ̃.pje/ firefighter Les pompiers se sont rendus maîtres du feu. The firefighters have gained control of fire.
le postier /pɔstje/ postal worker
le professeur /pʁɔ.fɛ.sœʁ/ teacher, professor
le/la psychiatre /psi.kjatʁ/ psychiatrist
le soldat
la soldate
/sɔl.da/
/sɔl.dat/
soldier L’officier doit veiller aux besoins du soldat. Ce capitaine est un père pour ses soldats. The officer must ensure the needs of the soldier. The captain is a father to his soldiers.
le traducteur
la traductrice
/tʁa.dyk.tœʁ/
/tʁa.dyk.tʁis/
translator
le vendeur
la vendeuse
/vɑ̃dœʁ/
/vɑ̃.døz/
salesperson

Supplementary vocabulary · Office supplies

Text · Unemployment · Le chômage

Avant j'avais un travail : je travaillais dans une banque. Mais la banque a fermé et je me suis retrouvé au chômage. Je n'ai plus de travail et j'en cherche tous les jours. Je lis les petites annonces et j'envoie des lettres de candidature. Je n'ai pas souvent de réponses. Mais aujourd'hui, j'ai obtenu un entretien d'embauche. Avec un peu de chance, j'obtiendrai le travail…

Exercises

Lesson 3.03 - Health

V: Illness

Vocabulary
(audio )
Illness · La maladie
To ache
avoir mal au/à la/à l'/aux...to have a ...ache, to hurtavoir mal au ventreto have a bellyache
avoir mal à la têteto have a headacheavoir mal partoutto ache all over
avoir mal à l'oreilleto have an earacheavoir des maux de cœurto feel sick, nauseaus
avoir mal aux dentsto have a toothache Actions
Sickness and Pain éternuerto sneeze
être maladeto be sicks'évanouirto faint
avoir la grippeto have the flusaignerto bleed
avoir de la fièvreto have a fevertousserto cough
être enrhuméto have a coldvomirto throw up

G: Simple Future of Irregular Verbs

The simple future of irregular verbs, like the passé composé of many irregular verbs, must be memorized. What makes this somewhat easy is that verbs with similar endings normally have similar future stems.

For example, the future stem of the verb venir is viendr-. Verbs like venir (devenir, revenir) have a very similar stem (deviendr-, reviendr-).

G: Issuing Commands in French - l'impératif

Formation

Take away the ending and add on the following shown in the table.

Grammar
The Imperative · L'impératif
-er Verbs -ir Verbs -re Verbs
SubjectEndingVerbEndingVerbEndingVerb
Tu -eParle!-isFinis!-sVends!
Nous -onsParlons!-issonsFinissons!-onsVendons!
Vous -ezParlez!-issezFinissez!-ezVendez!

Affirmative

Negative

The negative imperative is formed by placing the imperative between "ne" and "pas/jamais/rien/etcetera."

Ne parle pas! (Don't speak!)

Ne regarde jamais le soleil! (Never look at the sun!)

G: Adverbs

French adverbs, like their English counterparts, are used to modify adjectives, other adverbs, and verbs or clauses. They do not display any inflection; that is, their form does not change to reflect their precise role, nor any characteristics of what they modify.

Formation

In French, as in English, most adverbs are derived from adjectives. In most cases, this is done by adding the suffix -ment ("-ly") to the adjective's feminine singular form. For example, the feminine singular form of lent ("slow") is lente, so the corresponding adverb is lentement ("slowly"); similarly, heureux heureusement ("happy" "happily").

As in English, however, the adjective stem is sometimes modified to accommodate the suffix: Audio : Native French Speaker

Some adverbs are derived from adjectives in completely irregular fashions, not even using the suffix -ment:

And, as in English, many common adverbs are not derived from adjectives at all:

Placement

The placement of French adverbs is almost the same as the placement of English adverbs. Audio : Native French Speaker
An adverb that modifies an adjective or adverb comes before that adjective or adverb:

An adverb that modifies an Infinitive (verbal noun) generally comes after the infinitive:

But negative adverbs, such as pas ("not"), plus ("not any more"), and jamais come before the infinitive:

An adverb that modifies a main verb or clause comes either after the verb, or before the clause:

Note that, unlike in English, this is true even of negative adverbs:

V: Visiting the Doctor

Audio : Native French Speaker
Le patient :

Le docteur

V: Visiting the Dentist

Audio : Native French Speaker

V: Healthcare

V: Emergencies

Audio : Native French Speaker

V: Medicine

V: Body parts

Here is the vocabulary to speak about body parts :
Audio : Native French Speaker
Audio : Native French Speaker

FrenchEnglish
La tête (lah teht)Head
Le corps (luh cohr)Body
Le bras (luh brah)Arm
La jambe (lah zhah(n)b)Leg
La poitrine (lah pwah-treen)Chest
Le ventreBelly
L'épaule (f)Shoulder
Le coudeElbow
Le poignetWrist
La mainHand
Le doigtFinger
Le genouKnee
Le piedFoot
L'orteil (m)Toe
L'œil (m)
(pl. les yeux)
Eye
La boucheMouth
La dentTooth
Le nezNose
L'oreille (f)Ear
Le couNeck
La langueTongue
Les cheveuxHair
L'ongle (m)Nail
Le poumonLung
L'estomac (m)Stomach
Le cœurHeart
Le foieLiver
L'intestin (m)Intestine
L'os (m)Bone
Le crâneSkull
Le muscleMuscle
Le cerveauBrain
La rateSpleen
L'utérus (m)Womb
Le nombrilNavel,
belly button

V: Body position

And here is the vocabulary for body positions :

FrenchEnglish
DeboutStanding
AssisSitting
CouchéLying down
À genouxKneeling
AccroupiSquatted

V: Common sentences

When you 'catch a cold' you 'attrapes un rhume'. When you're sick, tu es malade. When you wish to say that parts of your body are sore, you say "J'ai mal au/à la/à l'/aux [body part] ...". Example: J'ai mal à la tete. (I have a headache); J'ai mal aux dents (My teeth hurt).

E: 3.03 1 - Body Parts - Visual Memorization

Lesson 3.04 - Money

G: Personal Pronouns Review

Direct Objects

While the subject of a sentence initiates an action (the verb), the direct object is the one that is affected by the action. A direct object pronoun is used to refer to the direct object of a previous sentence:

Pierre voit le cambrioleur.Pierre sees the burglar.
Pierre le voit.Pierre sees him.

The following table shows the various types of direct object pronouns:

French me, m'te, t'le, l'la, l'nousvousles
English me1you1him, ither, itus1you1them

Notes:

Indirect Objects

An indirect object is an object that would be asked for with To whom...? or From whom...?. It is called indirect because it occurs usually together with a direct object which is affected directly by the action:

Il donne du pain à Pierre.The man gives some bread to Pierre.
Il lui donne du pain.He gives bread to him.

The following table shows the various types of direct object pronouns:

French me, m'te, t'luinousvousleur
English to me1to you1to him, to herto us1to you1to them

Notes:

The bread is given by the man (direct). Pierre gets the given apple (indirect).

The Pronoun Y

Indirect Object Pronoun - to it, to them

The French pronoun y is used to replace an object of a prepositional phrase introduced by à.

Note that lui and leur, and not y, are used when the object refers to a person or persons.

Replacement of Places - there

The French pronoun y replaces a prepositional phrase referring to a place that begins with any preoposition except de (for which en is used).

Note that en, and not y is used when the object is of the preposition de.

Idioms

En

Note how we say Je veux du pain to say 'I want some bread' ? But what happens when we want to say 'I want some' without specifying what we want? In these cases, we use the pronoun 'en'. As well, 'en' can mean 'of it' when 'it' is not specified. For instance, instead of saying J'ai besoin de l'argent, if the idea of money has already been raised, we can just say 'J'en ai besoin'. This is because what en does is replace du, de la or des when there is nothing after it.

Like with 'me', 'te' and other pronouns, en (meaning 'some') comes before the verb.

Tu joues du piano? Non, je n'en joue pasDo you play piano? No, I don't play it.
Vous prenez du poisson? Oui, j'en prends.Are you having fish? Yes, I'm having some.
Vous avez commandé de l'eau? Oui, nous en avons commandé. Did you order some water? Yes, we ordered some.

G: Commands with Pronouns - L'impératif

When expressing positive commands, there are several rules one must remember when using object pronouns. These are:

G: Present Conditional

The present conditional tense is used to describe a hypothetical situation that would normally occur now. For example, it may be a hypothetical situation, a polite request, or an event that didn't happen as expected.

To conjugate a verb in the Conditional, one takes the infinitive and appends the same endings as when using the imparfait, as according to the table:

SubjectAdd EndingConjugated Verb
Je-aisréussirais
Tu-aisréussirais
Il / Elle / On-aitréussirait
Nous-ionsréussirions
Vous-iezréussiriez
Ils / Elles-aientréussiraient

V: Forms of Payment


V: Economics

V: Handling Money

saving, investing, etc

V: Going to a Bank

Lesson 3.05 - Youth

Grammar: Imperfect - Imparfait

The imparfait is used to "set the tone" of a past situation. An example in English being: "We were singing when Dad came home." It tells what was going on when a particular action or event occurred. In French, the above example would be: "Nous chantions quand papa est rentré."

In order to conjugate the imperfect,

Verb
jouer · to play
singularplural
first person je joue nous jouons
second person tu jouesvous jouez
third person il joueils jouent
subjectendingjouer
(nous jouons)
finir
(nous finissons)
attendre
(nous attendons)
je-ais jouaisfinissaisattendais
tu-ais jouaisfinissaisattendais
il/elle/on-ait jouaitfinissaitattendait
nous-ions jouionsfinissionsattendions
vous-iez jouiezfinissiezattendiez
ils/elles-aient jouaientfinissaientattendaient
subjectmanger
(nous mangeons
commencer
(nous commençons)
je mangeaiscommençais
tu mangeaiscommençais
il/elle/on mangeaitcommençait
nous mangionscommencions
vous mangiezcommenciez
ils/elles mangeaientcommençaient

Grammar: Possessive Pronouns

Possessive pronouns replace possessive article + noun sets.

Grammar
(audio: One • Two )
Possessive Pronouns · Les pronoms possesifs
mon copain
my friend
ton copain
your friend
son copain
his/her friend
notre copain
our friend
votre copain
your friend
leur copain
their friend
le mien
mine
le tien
yours
le sien
his/hers
le nôtre
ours
le vôtre
yours
le leur
theirs
mes copains
my friends
tes copains
your friends
ses copains
his/her friends
nos copains
our friends
vos copains
your friends
leurs copains
their friends
les miens
mine
les tiens
yours
les siens
his/hers
les nôtres
ours
les vôtres
yours
les leurs
theirs
ma copine
my friend
ta copine
your friend
sa copine
his/her friend
notre copine
our friend
votre copine
your friend
leurs copine
their friend
la mienne
mine
la tienne
yours
la sienne
his/hers
la nôtre
ours
la vôtre
yours
la leur
theirs
mes copines
my friends
tes copines
your friends
ses copines
his/her friends
nos copines
our friends
vos copines
your friends
leurs copines
their friends
les miennes
mine
les tiennes
yours
les siennes
his/hers
les nôtres
ours
les vôtres
yours
les leurs
theirs

À + a stress pronoun is used when the noun replaced is also the subject of the sentence. This usually occurs in sentences with être.

Grammar: Stem Changing Verbs Review

-exer Verbs

-exer are regular -er verbs, but also are stem changing. The stem change applies to all forms except nous and vous in the present and all forms of the future simple. The stem change involves adding a grave accent ( ` ) over the e in the stem.

xer Verbs

Like -exer verbs, the accent acute above the e ( é ) changes to an accent grave ( è ) in all forms except nous and vous in the present. However, unlike similar stem changes, this does not affect the Future Simple.

-yer Verbs

-yer verbs are regular -er verbs. However, in all forms except nous and vous in the present and all forms of the future simple, the "y" changes to an "i".


Appeler

All forms except nous and vous in the present and all forms of the future simple have the l doubled.

-cer Verbs

The last c in the verb changes to ç in the nous form of the present and all forms except the "nous" and "vous" forms of the imperfect.

commencer

-ger Verbs

An e is added after the g in the nous form of the present and all forms except the "nous" and "vous" forms of the imperfect.

changer
manger

Vocabulary: Children's Games and Toys

Vocabulary: The Carnival

See List of Party Words

Vocabulary: French Children's Poems, Songs, and Stories

Petit Papa Noël

Author : Raymond Vincy (1946)
Composer : Henri Martinet
Long version in italics

C'est la belle nuit de Noël
La neige étend son manteau blanc
Et les yeux levés vers le ciel A genoux
les petits enfants
Avant de fermer les paupières
Font une dernière prière

{Refrain:}
Petit Papa Noël
Quand tu descendras du ciel
Avec des jouets par milliers
N'oublie pas mon petit soulier

Mais, avant de partir
Il faudra bien te couvrir
Dehors tu vas avoir si froid
C'est un peu à cause de moi

Il me tarde tant que le jour se lève
Pour voir si tu m'as apporté
Tous les beaux joujoux que je vois en rêve
Et que je t'ai commandés

{Refrain}
Le marchand de sable est passé
Les enfants vont faire dodo
Et tu vas pouvoir commencer
Avec ta hotte sur le dos
Au son des cloches des églises
Ta distribution de surprises

Et quand tu seras sur ton beau nuage
Viens d'abord sur notre maison
Je n'ai pas été tous les jours très sage
Mais j'en demande pardon

{Refrain}
Petit Papa Noël

Lesson 3.06 - Adolescence

Grammar review · Pronominal verbs

Pronominal verbs are verbs that include pronouns. These pronouns are me , te , se , nous , and vous and are used as either direct objects or indirect objects, depending on the verb that they modify. When pronominal verbs are conjugated in perfect tenses, être is used as the auxiliary verb. There are three types of pronominal verbs: reflexive verbs, reciprocal verbs, and naturally pronominal verbs.

Reflexive verbs

Reflexive verbs reflect the action on the subject:

Je me lave.I wash myself.
Nous nous lavons.We wash ourselves.
Ils se lavent.They wash themselves.

Reflexive verbs can also be used as infinitives:

Je vais me laver.I'm going to wash myself.

Either the conjugated verb or the infinitive can be negated, each with different meanings:

Je ne vais pas me laver.I'm not going to wash myself.

In perfect tenses, the past participles agree with the direct object pronoun, but not the indirect object pronoun, in gender and plurality. Therefore it would only agree when the reflexive pronoun is the direct object; the past participle does not agree with the direct object if it goes after the verb:

Elle s'est lavée.She washed herself.
[[wikt:Nous nous sommes lavé<span class='french-section-heading '><span style="color: rgb(100, 100, 100); font-weight: normal; " class="french-secondary-text ">(e)</span> </span>s.|Nous nous sommes lavé(e) s.]]We washed ourselves.
Elle s'est lavé les mains.She washed her hands.
Nous nous sommes lavé les mains.We washed our hands.

Reciprocal verbs

With reciprocal verbs, people perform actions to each other:

Nous nous aimons.We like each other.

Like reflexive verbs, the past participle of reciprocal verbs agrees in number and gender with the direct object if it goes before the verb. It therefore agrees with all reciprocal pronouns that function as direct objects:

[[wikt:Nous nous sommes aimé<span class='french-section-heading '><span style="color: rgb(100, 100, 100); font-weight: normal; " class="french-secondary-text ">(e)</span> </span>s.|Nous nous sommes aimé(e) s.]]We liked each other.

The reciprocal pronoun can also function as an indirect object without a direct object pronoun:

Nous nous sommes parlé.We spoke to each other.
Elles se sont téléphoné.They called to one another.
Vous vous êtes écrit souvent ?You write to each other often?

Naturally pronominal verbs

Some verbs are pronominal without performing a reflexive or reciprocal action:

Tu te souviens ?You remember?

In perfect tenses, these verbs agree with the direct object if it goes before the verb; otherwise, the past participle agrees with the subject:

Elle s'est souvenue.She remembered.

Grammar review · Imparfait and passé composé

The imparfait is used for past habitual actions, to set the scene:

Quand j'etais petite, je jouais au foot.
C'etait samedi. La lune brillait.

The passé composé , as well as the passé simple , are used to express punctual actions:

Hier, j'ai joué à Colin Maillard. La lune a brillé pendant trois nuits.

This does not mean that the action had to happen over a very short time, but that it is understood as a single punctual event, now finished.

The imparfait will express a more general statement while the passé composé will express a more precise action:

Les singes criaient violemment lors de ma visite du zoo.When I visited the zoo, the monkeys were loud.
Lorsque je suis passé devant leur cage, les singes ont crié violemment.When I walked by their cage, the monkeys shouted violently.

Examples

J'ai parlé français. I spoke French (on one particular occasion).
Je parlais français. I used to speak French (during a period of time, and I don't speak French any more).
Nous avons réussi à l'examen. We passed the test.
Il a été mon ami. He was my friend (and he is not my friend any more)
Il était mon ami lorsque … He was my friend when …
Ils ont fait leurs devoirs. They did their homework.
Il est venu. He came (and I don't need to say when)
Il venait tous les jours. He came/used to come every day.
Il était déjà venu. He had already come.

Dialogue

Culture · Adolescence in France

Vocabulary

l'adolescent (m) /a.dɔ.le.sɑ̃/ teenager
le préadolescent /pre.a.dɔ.le.sɑ̃/ preteen
la paresse /pa.ʁɛs/ laziness C’est par paresse qu’il ne va jamais se promener. It's by laziness that he never goes for a walk.
faire l’école buissonnière /fɛʁ l‿e.kɔl bɥi.sɔ.njɛʁ/ skip classes
flâner avec les copains hang out with friends
le flic /flik/ cop
le policier
le gendarme
/pɔ.li.sjee/
/ʒɑ̃.daʁm/
police officer
le (petit) copain
le petit ami
/pə.ti kɔ.pɛ̃/
/pətitami/
boyfriend
la (petite) copine
la petite amie
/pə.tit kɔ.pin/
/pə.tit‿a.mi/
girlfriend
faire du shopping (France)
magasiner (Canada)

/ma.ɡa.zi.ne/
do some shopping Ma femme aime bien magasiner, alors je dois lui donner un peu d'argent pour ça. My wife loves shopping, so I have to give her a bit of money for that.
le centre commercial (France)
le centre d'achats (Canada)
shopping mall
la puberté /py.bɛʁ.te/ puberty

Grammar · Plus-que-parfait

The plus-que-parfait is used when there are two occurrences in the past and one wants to symbolise that one occurrence happened before the other. In English, this is used in a phrase like I had given him the toy before he went to sleep. In this example, there are two past tenses, but they occur at different times. The plus-que-parfait can be used to indicate the occurrence of one before the other (essentially, the past before the past).

In French, the plus-que-parfait is formed by conjugating the auxiliary verb in the imparfait and adding the past participle. So to conjugate je mangeI eat in the plus-que-parfait , one finds the appropriate auxiliary verb (avoir ), conjugates it (avais ) and finds the past participle of mangermangé . So, the conjugation of Je mange in the plus-que-parfait becomes j'avais mangé or, in English, I had eaten.

Examples

À ce moment, j'ai mangé le pain que tu m'avais donné. At that moment, I ate the bread that you had given me.
Tu m'avais déjà appelé, lorsque je suis parti. When I left, you had already called me.

Vocabulary · Dates

Text

Exercises

Lesson 3.07 - Ancient History

Dialogue

Grammar · Interrogative pronouns

Grammar · Simple past of regular verbs

Unlike in English, there is a literary past tense in French, used when writing formally. This past tense is the passé simple . It is relatively simple to predict when to use this tense: for every occurrence of the passé composé in conversational French, one simply uses the passé simple in literary French. Note that the passé simple is not a composed tense, and therefore does not have an auxiliary verb.

Formation

To conjugate in this tense, find the stem and appends the appropriate ending.

Subject Ending Conjugated verb English
Je -ai Je dansai. I danced.
Tu -as Tu dansas. You danced.
Il -a Il dansa. He danced.
Nous -âmes Nous dansâmes. We danced
Vous -âtes Vous dansâtes. You danced.
Ils -èrent Ils dansèrent. They danced.

Regular stems

The following verbs are irregular in the present indicative, but are regular in their passé simple stems.

Infinitive Stem Je …
-ir verbs
dormir dormdormis
partir partpartis
sentir sentsentis
servir servservis
sortir sortsortis
-rir Verbs
couvrir couvrcouvris
découvrir découvrdécouvris
offrir offroffris
ouvrir ouvrouvris
souffrir souffrsouffris
-re Verbs
combattre combattcombattis
rompre romprompis
suivre suivsuivis

Vocabulary · French history

Text · French history

Text

Exercises

ExerciseSimple past
Complétez les phrases suivantes en conjuguant les verbes au passé simple:
  1. J'_____ (entrer) dans le tour.
  2. Tout d'un coup, mon ami ____ (tomber).
  3. Nous _________ (monter) l'éscalier.
  4. Je _____ (dire) aux professeurs qu'il _______ (regarder) la télé.
  5. Ils t'_______ (offrir) le plat, et tu le _______ (laisser) tomber.

Lesson 3.08 - Revolution!

Grammar review · Relative pronouns qui and que

Relative pronouns begin adjective clauses:

the man that was here
the man that I saw

Qui /ki/ is the subject of the clause it introduces:

J’aime les chiens qui sont calmes.I like dogs that are quiet.

Que /kə/ is the direct object of the clause it introduces:

C'est un homme que je connais très bien.He's a man whom I know very well.

Remember that in perfect tenses, the past participle agrees with the direct object in gender and plurality if the direct object comes before the verb:

Elles sont les femmes que j'ai vues.They are the women that I have seen.

If que is followed by a vowel, it is shortened to qu' :

Il est l'homme qu'elle a vu.He is the man that she has seen.

Examples

La personne qui parle connait bien son sujet. The person who speaks knows his/her subject well.
Cette voiture bleue qui passe me plait beaucoup. This blue car which is passing I like a lot.
Un homme à qui j’ai parlé. A man to whom I spoke/have spoken.
Rira bien qui rira le dernier. Who laughs last laughs well.
Un homme est là qui est déjà venu. A man is there who has already come.
Je viens de lire la lettre que vous m'avez envoyée. I've just read the letter that you sent me.

Dialogue

Grammar · Simple past of irregular verbs

Some passé simple stems are based off the past participle; others must be memorized.

Ending formation

-i_ endings je tu il nous vous ils
-is -is -it -îmes -îtes -irent
-in_ endings je tu il nous vous ils
-ins -ins -int -înmes -întes -inrent
-u_ endings je tu il nous vous ils
-us -us -ut -ûmes -ûtes -urent

Irregular verbs

Infinitive Past Participle Stem Passé simple
jetuilnousvousils
-i_ Endings
s'asseoirassisass m'assist'assiss'assitnous assîmesvous assîtess'assirent
conduire conduis conduisisconduisisconduisitconduisîmesconduisîtesconduisirent
conquérirconquisconqu conquisconquisconquitconquîmesconquîtesconquirent
construire construis construisisconstruisisconstruisitconstruisîmesconstruisîtesconstruisirent
craindre craign craigniscraigniscraignitcraignîmescraignîtescraignirent
direditd disdisditdîmesdîtesdirent
faire f fisfisfitfîmesfîtesfirent
écrire écriv écrivisécrivisécrivitécrivîmesécrivîtesécrivirent
mettremism mismismitmîmesmîtesmirent
naître naqu naquisnaquisnaquitnaquîmesnaquîtesnaquirent
peindre peign peignispeignispeignitpeignîmespeignîtespeignirent
prendreprispr prisprispritprîmesprîtesprirent
rejoindre rejoin rejoignisrejoignisrejoignitrejoignîmesrejoignîtesrejoignirent
rirerir risrisritrîmesrîtesrirent
souriresourisour sourissourissouritsourîmessourîtessourirent
vaincre vainqu vainquisvainquisvainquitvainquîmesvainquîtesvainquirent
-in_ Endings
devenir dev devinsdevinsdevindevînmesdevîntesdevinrent
tenir t tinstinstinttînmestîntestinrent
venir v vinsvinsvintvînmesvîntesvinrent
-u_ Endings
avoireue euseuseuteûmeseûteseurent
boirebub busbusbutbûmesbûtesburent
connaîtreconnusconn connusconnusconnutconnûmesconnûtesconnurent
courircourucour couruscouruscourutcourûmescourûtescoururent
croirecrucr cruscruscrutcrûmescrûtescrurent
devoird dusdusdutdûmesdûtesdurent
être f fusfusfutfûmesfûtesfurent
falloirfallufall fallusfallusfallutfallûmesfallûtesfallurent
lirelutl lusluslutlûmeslûteslurent
mourir mour mourusmourusmourutmourûmesmourûtesmoururent
plaireplupl plusplusplutplûmesplûtesplurent
pleuvoirplupl plut
pouvoirpup puspusputpûmespûtespurent
recevoirreçureç reçusreçusreçutreçûmesreçûtesreçurent
savoirsus sussussutsûmessûtessurent
valoirvaluval valusvalusvalutvalûmesvalûtesvalurent
vivrevécuvéc vécusvécusvécutvécûmesvécûtesvécurent
vouloirvouluvoul voulusvoulusvoulutvoulûmesvoulûtesvoulurent

Vocabulary · The Industrial Revolution

Vocabulary · The Enlightenment

Text

Exercises

Lesson 3.09 - Modern France

Dialogue

Grammar · Past conditional

The past conditional is fairly simple to form. It is used to express what you would have done if a certain condition had been met. (I would have gone to school.)

To form the past conditional, you put the auxiliary verb into the conditional and add the past participle of the verb:

[[wikt:Je serais allé<span class='french-section-heading '><span style="color: rgb(100, 100, 100); font-weight: normal; " class="french-secondary-text ">(e)</span> </span> à l'école, mais j'étais malade.|Je serais allé(e) à l'école, mais j'étais malade.]]

Grammar · Comparative

Adjectives

Subject verb Comparative Adjective Comparative Object
Je suis
I am
plus
more
intelligent
intelligent
que
than
toi.
you.
moins
less
que
than
aussi
as
que
as

Adverbs

Subject verb Comparative Adverb Comparative Object
Je vois
I see
plus
more
clairement
clearly
que
than
toi.
you.
moins
less
que
than
aussi
as
que
as

Verbs

Subject verb Comparative Comparative Object
Je joue
I play
plus
more
que
than
toi.
you.
moins
less
que
than
autant
as much
que
as

Nouns

Subject verb Comparative Noun Comparative Object
Je joue à
I play
plus de
more
jeux
games
que
than
toi.
you.
moins de
fewer
que
than
autant de
as many
que
as

Examples

Grammar · Superlative

le/la/les + plus/moins + un adjectif
le/la/les + meilleur(e)(s)/mieux/pire

Grammar · Asking questions

Vocabulary · The 20th century

Vocabulary · 20th century advancements and changes

Text

Exercises

Lesson 3.10 - Current Events

Dialogue

Grammar · Future perfect

The future perfect tense, or the futur antérieur, is used to say that before an event occurs, something else will have occurred by that time. Phrases constructed in the future perfect tense mean will have …ed in both French and English.

Formation

The future perfect is a perfect tense, and therefore consists of an auxiliary verb and a past participle. The auxiliary verb, avoir or être, is conjugated in the future tense. All rules that apply to the passé composé and other perfect tenses, such as certain verbs using être as an auxiliary verb, apply to the future perfect as well.

parler passer
Subject Avoir conjugated Past particple Subject Être conjugated Past participle
j' aurai parlé je serai passé(e)
tu auras parlé tu seras passé(e)
il aura parlé il sera passé
elle aura parlé elle sera passée
nous aurons parlé nous serons passé(e) s
vous aurez parlé vous serez passé(e) (s)
ils auront parlé ils seront passés
elles auront parlé elles seront passées

Examples

Grammar · Demonstrative pronouns

Ceci , cela , and ça

Celui

Grammar · Stating if

Vocabulary · News

le quotidien /kɔ.ti.djɛ̃/ a daily newspaper
l'hebdomadaire (m) /ɛb.dɔ.ma.dɛʁ/ a weekly magazine
l'actualité (f) /ak.tɥa.li.te/ news, current affairs Le souci de l’actualité est l’essence du journalisme.
Un bon journaliste est à l’affût des actualités.
Concern for current affairs is the essence of journalism.
A good journalist is on the lookout for news.
les nouvelles (f) /nu.vɛl/ news Nous vous apportons plein de bonnes nouvelles. We bring you lots of good news.
les faits divers /fɛ.di.vɛʁ/ news stories
la une
faire la une
/yn/
/fɛʁ la yn/
the front page
to hit the headlines
elision is never used with la une Ils ont titré cet événement cinq colonnes à la une. They headlined this event on five columns on the front page.

Vocabulary · Social problems

le cambrioleur /kɑ̃.bʁi.jɔ.lœʁ/ burglar Une considération leur donna du courage : la conviction que le cambrioleur était un habitant du village. One consideration gave them courage: the belief that the burglar was a resident of the village.
le voleur
voler
/vɔlœʁ/
/vɔ.le/
thief
to steal
Une bande de voleurs a complètement vidé ma maison. A gang of thieves gutted my house.
l'incendie (m) /ɛ̃.sɑ̃.di/ fire En été, de nombreux incendies ravagent les forêts de Provence. In summer, many fires ravaged the forests of Provence.
le vandalisme /vɑ̃.da.lizm/ vandalism Ce garçon commet des actes de vandalisme. This boy commits acts of vandalism.
le terrorisme /tɛ.ʁɔ.ʁism/ terrorism
l'attentat (m) /a.tɑ̃.ta/ attack, assault On a puni l’auteur de ce noir attentat. We have punished the perpetrator of this dark attack.
la criminalité /kʁi.mi.na.li.te/ crime La criminalité augmente sans cesse. Crime is increasing without end.

Examples

Le voleur, dans cette histoire, c’est le gouvernement lui-même. The thief in this story is the government itself.
Les voleurs de temps sont les voleurs les plus courantes d’aujourd’hui. Thieves of time are the most common thieves today.
Ce marchand est un voleur, il vend ce vieux truc pour cent euros ! This merchant is a thief, he sells this old thingamajig for a hundred euros!
La police a interpellé le gamin qui volait à l’étalage. The police arrested the street urchin who was shoplifting.
L’incendie s’est répandu dans le village tout entier. The fire spread through the entire village.
On commit à cette époque beaucoup d’actes de vandalisme. We commit at this time many acts of vandalism.
Ce tyran fut puni de tous ses attentats. This tyrant was punished for all his attacks.

Text · French government

French government
L'élection présidentielle
Le président de la république est élu pour 5 ans au suffrage universel direct. L'élection comporte 2 tours : au premier tour la plupart des partis, petits ou grands, proposent un candidat. Il existe aussi de nombreux candidats soutenus par aucun parti. Il y a souvent entre 10 et 15 candidats au premier tour. Les 2 candidats arrivant en tête au premier tour s'affrontent lors du deuxième tour. En général, il y a un candidat du PS et un candidat de l'UMP au deuxième tour.
En 2002, à la surprise générale, Jean-Marie Le Pen (FN) est arrivé deuxième au premier tour devant Lionel Jospin (PS). Le second tour a donc opposé Jacques Chirac (UMP) et Jean-Marie Le Pen (FN). Jacques Chirac l'a largement emporté avec 80% des voix.
Le Président de la République est le chef des armées et il désigne le Premier Ministre.
L'Assemblée Nationale
Les députés sont élus au suffrage universel direct à 2 tours.
Les députés peuvent renversé le gouvernement si la politique qu'il conduit ne leur convient pas. Le Premier Ministre doit alors démissionner. Le Président de la République est donc obligé de choisir un Premier Ministre ayant la majorité des députés à l'Assemblée Nationale.
L'Assemblée Nationale vote les lois proposées par le gouvernement.
Le sénat
Il est élu au suffrage indirect : seul les maires et les autres élus peuvent voter pour les sénateurs. Les sénateurs peuvent modifier certaines lois mais ont assez peu de pouvoir.

Text · French politics

French political party division.

Quelques hommes politiques

  • Le Parti Socialiste (PS) : Lionel Jospin, François Hollande, Ségolène Royal, Jack Lang,....
  • L'UMP : Jacques Chirac (Président de la République), Dominique de Villepin (Premier ministre), Nicolas Sarkozy (ministre de l'Intérieur)
  • L'UDF : François Bayrou.
  • Le Parti Communiste Français (PCF) : Marie-Georges Buffet
  • Les Verts : Dominique Voynet
  • Front national (FN) : Jean-Marie Le Pen (extrême droite)
  • La ligue Communiste Révolutionnaire (LCR) : Olivier Besancenot.
  • Lutte Ouvrière(LO) : Arlette Laguiller.

La politique en France

En France, les partis politiques sont de droite ou de gauche:

à droite : l'UMP, l'UDF et le Front National (FN).
à gauche : le PS, les Verts, le PCF, la LCR et LO.

En 2005, le gouvernement est soutenu par l'UMP. L'UDF et l'UMP sont actuellement fachés mais ils ont souvent gouverné ensemble. Le FN est un parti souvent classé à l'extrême-droite et certains l'accusent de racisme. L'UMP et l'UDF refusent tout contact avec le FN.
Les gouvernements de gauche sont composés de membres du Parti Socialiste, de quelques membres du PCF et des Verts. La LCR et LO sont souvent classés à l'extrême gauche et refusent de participer à tout gouvernement.

Exercises

This article is issued from Wikibooks. The text is licensed under Creative Commons - Attribution - Sharealike. Additional terms may apply for the media files.